NC0056201_Approval - Correction_20180628

b� 1�
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Ms. Trupti Desai, PE
Project Manager
NPDES Complex Permitting Unit
Division of Water Resources
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality
512 North Salisbury Street
Raleigh, NC 27604
Subject: NC Land Lease, LLC
Countryside Mobile Home Park WWTP
Randolph County
NC0056201
Application for Authorization to Construct
Dear Ms. Desai;
June 28, 2018
Please consider this information as support for an Authorization to Construct (AtC)
application for a replacement wastewater treatment plant to serve the Countryside Mobile
Home Park (facility). This is a private facility and will not be publically bid. The facility
address is 3571 Roy Farlow Road, Sophia, NC 27350 and is located in Randolph County.
The facility is served by an existing wastewater treatment plant that is covered under
Individual Permit NC0056201. The existing permit has a permitted flow of 15,000 gpd.
This AtC application is being submitted in order to replace the existing wastewater
treatment plant and should be considered as a maintenance activity and associated
process modification. There is no change requested to the permitted flow and as such is
not a new or expanding system.
The new wastewater treatment system consists of the Orenco Systems, Inc., AdvanTex
technology and specifically the AX -Max treatment unit. The AdvanTex technology is a
recirculating media filter (similar concept to a recirculating sand filter). The new system
will employ two (2) AX -Max units (in parallel) to provide treatment of the facilities
wastewater prior to the treated effluent being discharged. The new wastewater treatment
system is different than the existing "package plant". The new system will incorporate
the following main components:
- Septic Tanks (2)
- Flow Equalization Tank

- Dual AX -Max Treatment Units
- UV Disinfection
- Control Panel including monitoring components
- Discharge Outfall with Rip -rap
The new system will be constructed in a single phase with an estimated construction
timeline of 30 days. Construction commencement will occur following issuance of the
Authorization to Construct and upon obtaining the necessary funding. The existing
wastewater treatment plant will continue operating during construction of the new plant.
Decommissioning of the existing plant will occur after successful testing and certification
of the new plant occurs.
The "Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (Form AtC 12-14)" has been
completed for this application. The completed form is contained in Appendix A. The
following information (consistent with presentation in Authorization to Construct
application) is included with this letter:
SECTION 3: APPLICATION ITEMS REOUIRED FOR SUBMITTAL FOR ALL
PROJECTS
A. Cover Letter
- Included as this letter. The design for the replacement system
meets the applicable rules and standards for a less than 20,000 gpd wastewater treatment
facility.
B. NPDES Permit
- Part I of the existing NPDES Permit (NC0056201) indicating the
Effluent Limitations and Monitoring Requirements is included as Appendix B. There is
no requested change to the permitted flow or to the effluent limitations.
As UV disinfection is being proposed, we ask that Total Residual Chlorine be removed
from the monitoring requirements. A new weekly monitoring condition requiring a
verification of the UV lamp indicator port (indicating operation) should be added to the
monitoring requirements.
We ask that the daily monitoring of effluent temperature be revised to reflect a weekly
basis. If the effluent temperature monitoring frequency remains as a daily requirement,
our intention would be to utilize a temperature probe that is monitored and recorded by
the system control panel to fulfill this requirement.
We would like to request modification to the frequency of sample collection for effluent
parameters that require testing at an outside laboratory. Specifically, we ask that the
sample frequency for BODS, TSS, NH3-N and Fecal Coliform be reduced to a Monthly
frequency. We believe the parameters that are tested on a weekly basis by the Operator
in Responsible Charge (ORC) are adequate indicators of the overall operation of the
treatment system and whether the effluent limits are being maintained. Reducing the

testing frequency of the parameters listed above will reduce the financial burden on the
system operation.
We would also like to request a modification to the Outfall location and the Upstream
and Downstream monitoring locations. The current outfall is located off the subject
property and as such, we plan to move the Outfall in order to be on the subject property.
Given the site constraints with the stream and the property line, we ask that the Upstream
monitoring location be reduced from 100' from the Outfall to 75' from the Outfall and
the Downstream monitoring location be reduced from 300' from the outfall to 125' from
the Outfall. The proposed Outfall location and the proposed Upstream and Downstream
monitoring locations are shown on the Engineering Plans contained in Appendix C.
C. Special Order by Consent
- The facility is not subject to a Special Order by Consent. This
section is Non -Applicable.
D. Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision
- As this project is a replacement of an existing permitted facility,
no Environmental Document has been developed. This section is Non -Applicable.
E. Engineering Plans
- One set of detailed engineering plans are included (Appendix Q.
The plans have been signed and sealed by Kevin D. Davidson, P.E. (NC PE# 024582) of
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT Engineers and Soil Scientists). The firm's name,
address and license number are included on each page of the engineering drawings. This
information is also included below for reference.
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
dba AWT Engineers and Soil Scientists
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
Firm License # C-0519
Each page of the engineering plans is labeled as follows:
"FINAL DRAWING — FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION"
The new system is dependent on pumps to dose wastewater to the AX -Max units,
recirculate the wastewater over the textile of the AX -Max unit and then to pump the
treated effluent through the UV systems and ultimately to the discharge point. For each
of these pumping activities, there are dual pumps specified in the design.
In the event that a supplemental alkalinity source is needed to assist in the treatment
process, a chemical feed pump is included in the system. In order to have redundancy for

this pump, our intention is to have a single pump in use with a back-up pump stored at
the facility.
The engineering plans contain sufficient detail for the project to be estimated and
constructed. As needed, the plans include applicable disciplines such as Civil, Electrical,
Instrumentation/Controls and Process Flows. The engineering plans include appropriate
plan and profile views to provide a comprehensive understanding of the project
intentions.
With the proposed modification, the hydraulics of the system will change as compared to
the existing plant. Two major changes (for the better) are that flow equalization prior to
the treatment units will now be provided and flow buffering in the treatment units will
also occur. The flow equalization tank will allow an even, consistent hydraulic and
organic loading to be supplied to the treatment units throughout the day. This is in
contrast to the existing plant which must process the full instantaneous flow as the flow is
delivered to the plant. Due to the recirculating nature of the AX -Max units, flow
buffering occurs in conjunction with the treatment process. As effluent is sprayed over
the textile media, a portion of the treated effluent is recirculated in the AX -Max unit for
further processing. The recirculation ability buffers the flow and only discharges small
flows at a given time. With the proposed new system, the hydraulic impact of the
treatment system is such that the full NPDES permitted flow (15,000 gpd) can be met
with the two AX -Max units (trains) in service. Furthermore, if one of the AX -Max units
was removed from service, the single AX -Max unit that is maintained in service can
process the peak hourly flow (1250 gph).
The proposed modification does change the process flow diagram from the existing
system. In general, raw waste from the mobile home park will enter the septic tanks for
settling and primary treatment. Outflow from the septic tanks will flow into the flow
equalization tank. On an hourly basis (nominal), effluent is pumped to each of the two
AX -Max units. Effluent is sprayed over the textile in the AX -Max units in order to treat
the wastewater. A portion of the treated effluent is returned to the septic tank to aid in
the overall treatment process. The remainder of the treated effluent will flow to the
discharge chamber of the AX -Max unit. Pumps in the discharge chamber will send the
effluent through the dual UV system (in series, rated for discharge flowrate) and the
monitoring flowmeter and then to the final discharge outfall. The process flow diagram
for the proposed system is shown below.

Operation Scenario #1 (Normal Operation):
15,000 gpd Inflow; 2 AX -Max Units ; 3,750 gpd return flow
1,075 gpd
F. Engineering Specifications
- One set of detailed engineering specifications are included
(Appendix Q. The specifications have been signed and sealed by Kevin D. Davidson,
P.E. (NC PE# 024582) of Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT Engineers and Soil
Scientists). Each page of the engineering plans is labeled as follows:
"FINAL SPECIFICATIONS — FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION"
The engineering specifications contain sufficient detail for the project to be estimated and
constructed. As needed, the specifications include applicable disciplines such as Civil,
Electrical, Instrumentation/Controls and Process Flows. The engineering specifications
include appropriate discussion and product descriptions to provide a comprehensive
understanding of the project intentions. Specific manufacturer "cut sheets" and product
descriptions are included for the major system components including, but not limited to,
the following: tanks, effluent filters, pumps, pump vaults, control floats, AX -Max units,
control panel, UV disinfection systems, monitoring flowmeter, etc. The specifications
also include quality control testing for the concrete tanks. Inspection documentation,

indicating specific items to be inspected or tested during system installation and start-up
are also included.
G. Construction Sequence Plan
- A Construction Sequence Plan has been developed for the
installation of the new treatment system. During construction there will be no intentional
overflow or bypass of effluent to waters of the State. The Installation Contractor will not
be responsible for operation of the existing treatment system during installation of the
new treatment system. The Operator in Responsible Charge (ORC) will continue to be
responsible for the operation of the current wastewater treatment plant during installation
of the new treatment system. The Construction Sequence Plan is included as Appendix D
and is also included on the Engineering Drawings.
H. Engineering Calculations
- The appropriate Engineering Calculations are included for review
(Appendix E). The cover sheet of the calculations has been signed and sealed by Kevin
D. Davidson, P.E. (NC PE# 024582) of Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT Engineers
and Soil Scientists). The calculations summarize the peak hourly design flow with
justification of the selected peaking factor. The calculations summarize pollutant and
hydraulic loading for the proposed system with estimated final effluent parameters.
Additional calculations justifying the component selection is also summarized in the
engineering calculations.
I. Permits
- We are not aware of the need for additional permits for this
project.
J. Residuals Management Plan
- Management of residuals will be significantly improved with the
proposed wastewater system. The new system will include septic tank(s) as a primary
treatment component. The initial septic tank will accept the raw waste from the mobile
home park and allow settling and separation of solids in the waste stream. Anaerobic
processes in the septic tank will degrade the added solids. However, over time, solids
will accumulate on the bottom of the tank and a scum layer on the liquid surface will
become present. On a periodic basis (expected to be an annual basis) the accumulated
solids and the scum layer will need to be removed. Removal of the solids and scum will
be handled by a licensed septage hauler. A Residuals Management Plan is included as
Appendix F.
In preparing the design for the new system, the NC DEQ document titled "Minimum
Design Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment Facilities " was referenced. Language
demonstrating compliance with the applicable recommendations in this document are
included below.

1. Facility Design Criteria
The proposed facility design complies (or provides justification for applicability) with the
requirements in the following sections:
• 15A NCAC 02H.0 124
• 15A NCAC 02T.0100
• 15A NCAC 02T .0800 as well as referenced sections within Subchapter 02T
2. Definitions
The Firm Capacity of the system is based on both the flowrate of the Flow Equalization
pumps and the Discharge pumps. The design flowrate of a single pump is 25 gpm or
1500 gph. For comparison, the peak hourly flow is rated at 1250 gph.
A hydraulic analysis of each "flow point" throughout the system has been conducted.
The analysis confirms that with only a single AX -Max unit in service, that the system
will pass the Peak Hourly flow. A Hydraulic Assessment has been included as Appendix
G.
3. Reliability — Multiple Units for Treatment Facilities Greater than 20,000 Gallons
per Day
Not Applicable to this Application as design flow is 15,000 gpd.
4. Reliability — Units for Treatment Facilities Less than or Equal to 20,000 Gallons
per Day
The design considers dual pumps for all critical pumping units. There are no blowers
associated with the treatment system. UV disinfection is proposed for the treatment
system. A dual UV system is proposed and will have the ability to notify the ORC of
lamp/unit failures, telemetry and audible and visible alarms. A spare UV lamp will also
be kept on-site.
5. Reliability — Power
In order to meet the power reliability requirement, a standby generator is proposed for
this system. The generator will be automatically activated in the event of power
interruption. The generator will be capable of powering all essential treatment units
under design conditions.
6. Pump Requirements
Dual pumps are specified for each of the critical pumping operations. For each set of
pumps, the peak hourly flow (1250 gph) can be met with a single pump in service. There
are three (3) sets of critical pumps to the system. A summary of the pumps is shown
below.

A back up pump will be maintained on-site for each model of critical pump.
7. Air and Blower Requirements
Not Applicable to this Application as aerators or blowers are not being utilized in the
treatment process.
8. Chlorine Disinfection Detention Time
Not Applicable to this Application as disinfection will be accomplished with a dual UV
system.
9. Dechlorination
Not Applicable to this Application as disinfection will be accomplished with a dual UV
system.
10. Freeboard
There are no "open" treatment units in the proposed system. Each concrete tank and
treatment unit does maintain a minimum of 12" of freeboard under the peak hourly flow
even with one AX -Max treatment
Thank you for your review of this information. If you have any questions or comments
on this information, please feel free to contact me at kdavidson&auiwaste.com or via
telephone at 919-367-6310.
Regards,
Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
V.P. of Engineering
Design Flowrate of Single Pump
Pump Function
Pump Location
( m)
( h)
AX -Max Feed Pump
Flow EQ tank
25
1500
Recirculation Pump
AX -Max Unit —
Recirculation Side
75
4500
Discharge Pump
AX -Max Unit —
Discharge Side
25
1500
A back up pump will be maintained on-site for each model of critical pump.
7. Air and Blower Requirements
Not Applicable to this Application as aerators or blowers are not being utilized in the
treatment process.
8. Chlorine Disinfection Detention Time
Not Applicable to this Application as disinfection will be accomplished with a dual UV
system.
9. Dechlorination
Not Applicable to this Application as disinfection will be accomplished with a dual UV
system.
10. Freeboard
There are no "open" treatment units in the proposed system. Each concrete tank and
treatment unit does maintain a minimum of 12" of freeboard under the peak hourly flow
even with one AX -Max treatment
Thank you for your review of this information. If you have any questions or comments
on this information, please feel free to contact me at kdavidson&auiwaste.com or via
telephone at 919-367-6310.
Regards,
Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
V.P. of Engineering

Appendix List
Appendix A Application for Authorization to Construct Permit
Appendix B Existing NPDES Permit NCO056201
Appendix C Engineering Plans and Specifications
Appendix D Construction Sequencing Plan
Appendix E Engineering Calculations
Appendix F Residuals Management Plan
Appendix G Hydraulic Assessment

Appendix A
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit

State of North Carolina
N,
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC -12-14)
SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION
A. The Division of Water Resources will accept this application package for review only if all of the items are provided and the
application is complete. Failure to submit all of the required items will result in the application package being returned as
incomplete per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(b).
B. Plans and specifications must be prepared in accordance with 15 NCAC 02H. 0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General
Statute 133-3. North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1, and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES
Wastewater Treatment Facilities.
C. The plans and specifications submitted must represent a completed final design that is ready to advertise for bid.
D. Any content changes made to this Form ATC -12-14 shall result in the application package being returned.
E. The Applicant shall submit ONE ORIGINAL and ONE DIGITAL COPY (CD) of the application, all supporting documentation and
attachments. All information must be submitted bound or in a 3 -ring binder, with a Section tab for each Section, except the
Engineering Plans.
F. Check the boxes below to indicate that the information is provided and the requirements are met.
G. If attachments are necessary for clarity or due to space limitations, such attachments are considered part of the application
package and must be numbered to correspond to the item referenced.
H. For any project that requires review under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), an Authorization to Construct cannot be
issued prior to the completion of a State Clearinghouse advertisement period for a FONSI, EIS, etc. unless the project qualifies
for a Determination of Minor Construction Activity.
I. For more information, visit the Division of Water Resources web site at: https://deg.nc.sov/about/divisions/water-
resources/water-resources-permits/wastewater-branch/npdes-wastewater/authorization-to-construct.
J. In addition to this Authorization to Construct, the Applicant should be aware that other permits may be required from other
Sections of the Division of Water Resources (for example: reclaimed water facilities permits; Class A or B biosolids residuals
permit).
SECTION 2: APPLICANT INFORMATION AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A. APPLICANT
Applicant's name
NC Land Lease LLC
Signature authority's name per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b)
Mr. Jimmy Radford
Signature authority's title
Managing Member
Complete mailing address
PO Box 2533, Christiansburg, VA 24068
Telephone number
540-357-4676
Email address
[e-mail]
B. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
Professional Engineer's name
Kevin Davidson
Professional Engineer's title
VP of Engineering
North Carolina Professional Engineer's License No.
NC #024582
Firm name
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Firm License number
C-0519
Complete mailing address
501 N. Salem St, Suite 203, Apex, NC 27502
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 1

Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC -12-14)
Telephone number 919-367-6310
Email address [e-mail]
C. NPDES PERMIT
NPDES Permit number
NCO056201
Current Permitted flow (MGD) — include permit
0.015 —single system
flow phases if applicable
D. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Provide a brief description of the project: Replace the existing wastewater treatment system with a dual -train Orenco Systems,
Inc. AdvanTex treatment system. System is to be sized for a 0.015 mgd system with a peak hourly flow of 1250 gallons.
SECTION 3: APPLICATION ITEMS REQUIRED FOR SUBMITTAL FOR ALL PROJECTS
A. Cover Letter
® The letter must include a request for the Authorization to Construct; the facility NPDES Number; a brief project description
that indicates whether the project is a new facility, facility modification, treatment process modification, or facility
expansion; the construction timeline; and a list of all items and attachments included in the application package.
® If any of the requirements of 15 NCAC 02H. 0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General Statute 133-31 North Carolina
General Statute 143-215.1, and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment
Facilities are not met by the proposed design, the letter must include an itemized list of the requirements that are not met.
B. NPDES Permit
® Submit Part I of the Final NPDES permit for this facility that includes Part A (Effluent Limitations and Monitoring
Requirements) for the monthly average flow limit that corresponds to the work that is requested for this project.
C. Special Order by Consent
❑ If the facility is subject to any Special Orders by Consent (SOC), submit the applicable SOC.
® Not Applicable.
D. Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision
❑ Submit a copy of the Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision for this project.
❑ Provide a brief description of any of the mitigating factors or activities included in the approved Environmental Document
that impact any aspect of design of this project, if not specified in the Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision.
® Not Applicable.
E. Engineering Plans
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504(c)(1), submit one set of detailed plans that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
Licensed Professional Eneineer.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 2

State of North Carolina
N,
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC -12-14)
® Per 21 NCAC 56.1103(a)(6), the name, address and License number of the Licensee's firm shall be included on each sheet of
the engineering drawings.
® Plans must be labeled as follows: FINAL DRAWING — FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY— NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
® 15A NCAC 02H .0124 requires multiple (dual at a minimum) components such as pumps, chemical feed systems, aeration
equipment and disinfection equipment. Is this requirement met by the design? ® Yes or ❑ No. If no, provide an
explanation:
Plans shall include:
® Plans for all applicable disciplines needed for bidding and construction of the proposed project (check as appropriate):
® Civil ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Process Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Structural ® Not Applicable
® Electrical ❑ Not Applicable
® Instrumentation/Controls ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Architectural ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Plumbing ® Not Applicable
® Plan and profile views and associated details of all modified treatment units including piping, valves, and equipment
(pumps, blowers, mixers, diffusers, etc.)
® Are any modifications proposed that impact the hydraulic profile of the treatment facility? ® Yes or ❑ No. If yes, provide
a hydraulic profile drawing on one sheet that includes all impacted upstream and downstream units. The profile shall
include the top of wall elevations of each impacted treatment unit and the water surface elevations within each impacted
treatment unit for two flow conditions: (1) the NPDES permitted flow with all trains in service and (2) the peak hourly flow
with one treatment train removed from service.
® Are any modifications proposed that impact the process flow diagram or process flow schematic of the treatment facility?
® Yes or ❑ No. If yes, provide the process flow diagram or process flow schematic showing all modified flow paths
including aeration, recycle/return, wasting, and chemical feed, with the location of all monitoring and control instruments
noted.
F. ® Engineering Specifications
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504(c)(2), submit one set of specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
Licensed Professional Engineer.
® Specifications must be labeled as follows: FINAL SPECIFICATIONS — FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY — NOT RELEASED FOR
CONSTRUCTION.
Specifications shall include:
® Specifications for all applicable disciplines needed for bidding and construction of the proposed project (check as
appropriate):
® Civil ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Process Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Structural ® Not Applicable
® Electrical ❑ Not Applicable
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 3

Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC -12-14)
® Instrumentation/Controls ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Architectural ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Plumbing ® Not Applicable
® Detailed specifications for all treatment units and processes including piping, valves, equipment (pumps, blowers, mixers,
diffusers, etc.), and instrumentation.
® Means of ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product including leakage testing requirements for structures and
pipelines, and performance testing requirements for equipment.
❑ Bid Form for publicly bid projects.
G. Construction Sequence Plan
® Construction Sequence Plan such that construction activities will not result in overflows or bypasses to waters of the State.
The Plan must not imply that the Contractor is responsible for operation of treatment facilities. List the location of the
Construction Sequence Plan as in the Engineering Plans or in the Engineering Specifications or in both: The construction
Sequence Plan is included on the Engineering Plans and in the Narrative Description of the Design (contained in Engineering
Specifications).
H. Engineering Calculations
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504(c)(3), submit one set of engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina Licensed Professional Engineer; the seal, signature and date shall be placed on the cover sheet of the
calculations.
For new or expanding facilities and for treatment process modifications that are included in Section 4.C, the calculations shall
include at a minimum:
® Demonstration of how peak hour design flow was determined with a justification of the selected peaking factor.
® Influent pollutant loading demonstrating how the design influent characteristics in Section 4.13.2 of this form were
determined.
® Pollutant loading for each treatment unit demonstrating how the design effluent concentrations in Section 4.13.2 of this
form were determined.
® Hydraulic loading for each treatment unit.
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (blowers, mixers, pumps, etc.)
® Total dynamic head (TDH) calculations and system curve analysis for each pump specified that is included in Section 4.C.6.
® Buoyancy calculations for all below grade structures.
® Supporting documentation that the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
I. Permits
® Provide the following information for each permit and/or certification required for this project:
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 4
Permit/
If Not Issued Provide
Not
Date
Date
Certification
Status and Expected
Permit/Certification
Applicable
Submitted
Approved
Number
Issuance Date
Dam Safety
NA
Soil Erosion and Sediment Control
NA
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 4

Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC -12-14)
USCOE /Section 404 Permit
NA
Water Quality Certification (401)
NA
USCOE /Section 10
NA
Stormwater Management Plan
NA
CAMA
NA
NCDOT Encroachment Agreement
NA
Railroad Encroachment Agreement
NA
Other:
NA
J. Residuals Management Plan
® For all new facilities, expanding facilities, or modifications that result in a change to sludge production and/or sludge
processes, provide a Residuals Management Plan meeting the requirements of 15A NCAC 02T .0504(1) and 15A NCAC 02T
.0508; the Plan must include:
® A detailed explanation as to how the generated residuals (including trash, sediment and grit) will be collected, handled,
processed, stored, treated, and disposed.
® An evaluation of the treatment facility's residuals storage requirements based upon the maximum anticipated residuals
production rate and ability to remove residuals.
❑ A permit for residuals utilization or a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved
residuals disposal/utilization program that has adequate permitted capacity to accept the residuals or has submitted a
residuals/utilization program application.
❑ If oil, grease, grit or screenings removal and collection is a designated unit process, a detailed explanation as to how
the oil/grease will be collected, handled, processed, stored and disposed.
❑ Not Applicable.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 5

State of North Carolina
r1V_ Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC-12-14)
SECTION 4: PROJECT INFORMATION
A. WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT FLOW INFORMATION —COMPLETE FOR NEW OR EXPANDING FACILITIES
1. Provide the following flow information:
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 6
Plant Flows
Existing Plant Design
0.015 MGD
Current NPDES Permit Limit
0.015 MGD
Current Annual Average
(past 12 months)
MGD
For Past 12 Months:
Start Date: month/yr
End Date: month/yr
For Past 24 Months:
Start Date: month/yr
End Date: month/yr
Maximum Month
MGD
MGD
Maximum Day
MGD
MGD
Peak Hour
MGD
MGD
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 6

State of North Carolina
N,
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC -12-14)
B. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN INFORMATION —COMPLETE FOR NEW OR EXPANDING FACILITIES AND
FOR TREATMENT PROCESS MODIFICATIONS
1. Have all of the requirements of 15 NCAC 02H. 0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General Statute 133-3. North Carolina
General Statute 143-215.1, and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment
Facilities been met by the proposed design and specifications? ❑ Yes or ❑ No. If no, provide justification as to why the
requirements are not met, consistent with 15A NCAC 02T .0105(n):
2. Provide the design influent and effluent characteristics that are used as the basis for the project design, and the NPDES
permit limits for the following parameters:
3. Based on the "Project Basis of Design" parameters listed above, will the proposed design allow the treatment facility to
meet the NPDES Permit Limits listed above? ® Yes or ❑ No. If no, describe how and why the Permit Limits will not be
met:
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 7
Project Basis of Design
Design Influent
Design Influent
Influent
Concentration
Load
Concentration -
(Must be
(Must be
Current Annual
supported by
supported by
Design Effluent
Average (past
Engineering
Engineering
Concentration and/or
NPDES Permit Limits
12 months) if
Calculations
Calculations
Load
(monthly average)
Parameter
Available
[Section 3.H])
[Section 3.H])
Ammonia Nitrogen
44.4 mg/L
2 mg/L Summer
2 mg/L Summer
(NH3-N)
(90% of TKN)
65 mg/L
8.132 Ib/day
2 mg/L Winter
4 mg/L Winter
Biochemical
4 mg/L Summer
5 mg/L Summer
Oxygen Demand
314 mg/L
350 mg/L
43.785 Ib/day
(BODS)
4 mg/L Winter
10 mg/L Winter
Fecal Coliform
10 per 100 mL
200 per 100 mL
Nitrate + Nitrite
Nitrogen (NO3-N +
31 mg/L
- mg/L
NO2-N)
Total Kjeldahl
49.3 mg/L
Nitrogen
34 mg/L
- mg/L
Total Nitrogen
1541.1 lb/year
-Ib/year
10 mg/L
- mg/L
Total Phosphorus
mg/L
20 mg/L
2.502 Ib/day
456.6 lb/year
-Ib/year
Total Suspended
- mg/L
200 mg/L
25.020 Ib/day
5 mg/L
30 mg/L
Solids (TSS)
3. Based on the "Project Basis of Design" parameters listed above, will the proposed design allow the treatment facility to
meet the NPDES Permit Limits listed above? ® Yes or ❑ No. If no, describe how and why the Permit Limits will not be
met:
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 7

Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC -12-14)
4. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0505(1), by-pass and overflow lines are prohibited. Is this condition met by the design? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, describe the treatment units bypassed, why this is necessary, and where the bypass discharges:
5. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0505(k), multiple pumps shall be provided wherever pumps are used. Is this condition met by the
design? ® Yes or ❑ No. If no, provide an explanation:
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0505(1), power reliability shall be provided consisting of automatically activated standby power supply
onsite capable of powering all essential treatment units under design conditions, or dual power supply shall be provided
per 15A NCAC 02H. 0124(2)(a). Is this condition met by the design? ® Yes or ❑ No. If no, provide (as an attachment
to this Application) written approval from the Director that the facility:
➢ Has a private water supply that automatically shuts off during power failures and does not contain elevated water
storage tanks, and
➢ Has sufficient storage capacity that no potential for overflow exists, and
➢ Can tolerate septic wastewater due to prolonged detention.
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0505(o), a minimum of 30 days of residual storage shall be provided. Is this condition met by the
design? ® Yes or ❑ No. If no, explain the alternative design criteria proposed for this project in accordance 15A NCAC
8. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0505(q), the public shall be prohibited from access to the wastewater treatment facilities. Explain how
the design complies with this requirement: Treatment units to be enclosed by perimeter fence with locked gate.
9. Is the treatment facility located within the 100 -year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No. If yes, describe how the facility is
protected from the 100 -year flood:
C. WASTEWATER TREATMENT UNIT AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INFORMATION —COMPLETE FOR NEW OR
EXPANDING FACILITIES AND FOR MODIFIED TREATMENT UNITS
1. PRELIMINARY AND PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations and flow equalization):
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 8
No. of
Plan Sheet
Specification
Calculations
Treatment Unit
Units
Type
Size per Unit
Reference
Reference
Provided?
(Yes or No)
Manual Bar Screen
MGD at peak hourly flow
Mechanical Bar
MGD at peak hourly flow
Screen
Grit Removal
MGD at peak hourly flow
Flow Equalization
1
--
gallons
Primary Clarifier
-
Circular
ft diameter; ft side
water depth
square feet; ft side
Primary Clarifier
-
Rectangular
water depth
Other
2
Concrete
8,000 gallons/tank
Septic Tank
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 8

Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC -12-14)
SECONDARY TREATMENT (BIOLOGICAL REACTORS AND CLARIFIERS) (i.e., biological and chemical processes to remove
organics and nutrients)
3. TERTIARY TREATMENT
No. of
Plan Sheet
Specification
Calculations
Treatment Unit
Units
Type
Size per Unit
Reference
Reference
Provided?
(Yes or No)
Aerobic Zones/
Circular
ft diameter; ft side
Ultraviolet Light
2
(Parallel; in
gallons
Tanks
Rectangular
square feet; ft side
Anoxic Zones/
-
(Gas;
water depth
Tanks
-
tablet; liquid)
gallons
Anaerobic
square feet
Zones/Tanks
gallons
Sequencing Batch
--
gallons
Reactor (SBR)
--
gallons
Membrane
-
gallons
Bioreactor (MBR)
1
--
gallons
Secondary Clarifier
Circular
ft diameter; ft side
water depth
Secondary Clarifier
Rectangular
square feet; ft side
water depth
Recirculating
Other
2
Media Filter
42' x 8'
3. TERTIARY TREATMENT
4. DISINFECTION
No. of
Plan Sheet
Specification
Calculations
Treatment Unit
Units
Type
Size per Unit
Reference
Reference
Provided?
(Yes or No)
Tertiary Clarifier
Circular
ft diameter; ft side
Ultraviolet Light
2
(Parallel; in
water depth
Tertiary Clarifier
Rectangular
square feet; ft side
Chlorination
-
(Gas;
water depth
Tertiary Filter
-
tablet; liquid)
square feet
Tertiary Membrane
square feet
Filtration
Post -Treatment
--
gallons
Flow Equalization
Post -Aeration
-
gallons
Other
1
Riprap at
6' x 3' riprap pad
Discharge Line
4. DISINFECTION
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 9
No. of
Plan Sheet
Specification
Calculations
Treatment Unit
Units
Type
Size per Unit
Reference
Reference
Provided?
(Yes or No)
Series
40 gal/day per bank at peak
Ultraviolet Light
2
(Parallel; in
hourly flow; 1 number of banks;
series)
1 number of lamps/bank
Chlorination
-
(Gas;
gallons of contact
tablet; liquid)
tank/unit
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 9

Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC -12-14)
Dechlorination
-
(Gas;
gallons of contact
Plan Sheet
Specification
Calculations
Treatment Unit
Units
tablet; liquid)
tank/unit
Reference
Reference
Provided?
5. RESIDUALS TREATMENT
6. PUMP SYSTEMS (include influent, intermediate, effluent, major recycles, waste sludge, thickened waste sludge and plant
drain pumps)
No. of
Purpose
Type
Plan Sheet
Specification
Calculations
Treatment Unit
Units
Type
Size per Unit
Reference
Reference
Provided?
Pumps
Reference
Reference
(Yes or No)
Gravity Thickening
square feet; ft side
Tank
2
Dose AX -Max Units
water depth
30
Mechanical
from Flow EQ tank
Thickening/
dry Ib/hour
2 pumps/unit to
Dewatering
AX -Max Unit
4
distribute effluent
Aerobic Digestion
gallons
over textile media
Anaerobic
1 pump/unit to
gallons
AX -Max Unit
Digestion
recirculate effluent
30
Composting
to initial septic tank
dry Ib/hour
Drying
dry Ib/hour
Other
UV Dosing Chamber
2
effluent to through
30
6. PUMP SYSTEMS (include influent, intermediate, effluent, major recycles, waste sludge, thickened waste sludge and plant
drain pumps)
7. MIXERS
Location
No. of
Mixers
Purpose
Type
Capacity of
plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Location
No. of
Purpose
Type
each pump
plan Sheet
Specification
Pumps
Reference
Reference
GPM
TDH
Flow EQ Tank
2
Dose AX -Max Units
30
from Flow EQ tank
2 pumps/unit to
AX -Max Unit
4
distribute effluent
75
over textile media
1 pump/unit to
AX -Max Unit
2
recirculate effluent
30
to initial septic tank
Pump treated
UV Dosing Chamber
2
effluent to through
30
UV and to discharge
point
7. MIXERS
Location
No. of
Mixers
Purpose
Type
Power of
each MP ixer
plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 10

Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
8. BLOWERS
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT (FORM ATC -12-14)
Location
No. of
Blowers
purpose
Type
Capacity of
each Blower
(CFM)
plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Treatment/Storage
Design? If "No", identify
Unit
Setback Waivers in Item D.2
Below
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate
100 ft
®Yes
❑ No
ownership or not to be maintained as part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source
100 ft
® Yes
❑ No
Surface waters (streams— intermittent and perennial, perennial
50 ft
® Yes
❑ No
waterbodies, and wetlands)
9. ODOR CONTROL
Location
No. of
Units
purpose
Type
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Setback Parameter
Treatment/Storage
Design? If "No", identify
Unit
Setback Waivers in Item D.2
Below
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate
100 ft
®Yes
❑ No
ownership or not to be maintained as part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source
D. SETBACKS —COMPLETE FOR NEW WASTEWATER TREATMENT STRUCTURES
The minimum distance for each setback parameter to the wastewater treatment/storage units per 15A NCAC 02T .0506(b)
are as follows:
2. Have any setback waivers been obtained per 15A NCAC 02T .0506(d)? ❑ Yes or ® No. If yes, have these waivers been
written, notarized and signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds? ❑ Yes or ❑ No. If
no, provide an explanation: All mobile homes are under common ownership with the treatment system.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 11
Minimum Distance
Is Minimum Distance
Required from Nearest
Requirement met by the
Setback Parameter
Treatment/Storage
Design? If "No", identify
Unit
Setback Waivers in Item D.2
Below
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate
100 ft
®Yes
❑ No
ownership or not to be maintained as part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source
100 ft
® Yes
❑ No
Surface waters (streams— intermittent and perennial, perennial
50 ft
® Yes
❑ No
waterbodies, and wetlands)
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
100 ft
® Yes
❑ No
Any property line
50 ft
® Yes
❑ No
2. Have any setback waivers been obtained per 15A NCAC 02T .0506(d)? ❑ Yes or ® No. If yes, have these waivers been
written, notarized and signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds? ❑ Yes or ❑ No. If
no, provide an explanation: All mobile homes are under common ownership with the treatment system.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -12-14) Page 11

Sbof North Carolina
0 Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
wiry a.murcn MPUCATION FOR AUTHORRATION TO CONSMIKF PERMIT' iFORM ATC -12-14)
SEDOON S: APPHCATION CERTIFIGTION BY PROFMONAt ENGINE
Professional Engineers Certification per MA NGC 02T AIM:
I, even D Davubei attest that this application package for an Authorization to Construct
(Typed Name Of Professenai Engineer)
for the NC land lease UC CouMrv9de WIF a Home Pah WWFP
(Favi iry and im je" Name)
was prepared under my direst supervisory central and to the best Of M knowledge is accurate, complete and cormotem
with the information supplied in theengineedng pan%cakulatens, and all other supporting
documentation for this project. I further attest that to the best of my kno a edge the proposed design has been
prepared In armNanre with all applicable regulations and shouted, 15 AM 02H. 016015A 14 A On. North Carolina
General Statute 133 North Gamna Ge ml5tnule143-2151 and Division of WaMr Resources Minimum Deskn
j�idgru Mr NPDES Wa eryareer Treahnem Facilities. and this Authorimtion to Construct Petmh Apd aban, except as
provided! Far and explained in SeRbn 4A.1 Atlas Application. I understand that Me DIVOinn of Water Resources!
Issuance of the Authorization to Construct Permit may be based solely upon this Certification and [kat the Dnamn may
wahm the temnipl review of the plans, calculations and Other supporung documentation provided in this
appikatan wckW.I further understand that the application package may besubject W a future audit by the DNiaen.
Although [Main portions of this suhmbtal package may have been prepared, Wned and sealed W other professionals
Iicsometl In North Urmima, Inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have revkwM1N the
materlah and have aetemnined that the materiae are consistent with the pmRcl desler.
I understandthat in aaordance with General Sonatas 14}2156A and 14}215,6$ any person who knowingly makes
any false statement, representation, or certMofion in any application package shag be guilty of a Clex 2 miederawnm,
whim may madman a fine nos to. exceed $1D OCK), as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per ve6lion.
North Carolina Professional Fngineves seal with written signature plat al ever or adjatentm the seal and dared
vusial
REAL
02W
APp cam for Autimmulon to Construct Permit (FORM ATC -tx-ta) Page IS

Stateonment Duality
Department of State
Environmental Quality
KC Division adulterer Resources
Wan, Reauuraa
^•-_^^ •••1^ APPLICATION FOR AUTHORRATION TO CONST'll PERMR(FORM ATC -12-14)
Applicants ComiRadon per SSA el DIT Alo spit
I, attest that this ap icumin package for an AuthorliaGain to Co immix
ITyped Name of Signature Authority and Toy)
fur ore Nmna
(Facility psh project Name)
has been reviewed by me and k accurate and compete to Me best of my knowledge. I also understand that itall
required Carts of this application package are not competed and that If all required soplurtinginfom atlon and
attachmenhom notincluded, the application package will be returned tome as incomplete. I furtM1er mitRy that in
accordance with SSA NCM 02T OlWfbl the Applicant or any affinity has not Iteen committed ofenvlm tmental crimes.
has not abandoned a wastewater facility wlthoutompertlasure, does not have an outstanding Nall pemNy where all
Appeals have been abandoned or exhausted am compliant with am aRFve compliance schedule, and tices not have am
overdue annual fees.
I understand that he Divas mn of Water Remurces' issuance of the Authmiration to Consumer Permit may he eased
solely upon acceptance of me Ucensed Professional Engii Ceffiril an contained in Section s, and Nat the Division
may Mahan the technical mview of the plans, specifications, osculations and other a puring dommenteen attached
in this application paUutim.I further understand thmthe application Wckage may be subject to a mine auh2
I understand that in accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A aad 10-M.6B person who knowingly makes
airy fake statement, representation, or certification in a" application Package shall he guilty of a Ches 2 mialemeanor,
which may Include fine not to exceed $10,000, as wall as cMl penalties up to $251000 per violation.
slgnanne� Date:
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION SHALL DE SUBMITTED TO
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCTS
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES/NPDES
B2 U S. Postal Service By CAUHer/SCectal Delivery:
ME17MAILSERVICEQMER 512 N. SAUSBURY STREET, 9TH FLO0R
RAIFSGH, N0RTX CAROLINA 2Tfi99-IBS] RAUUGH NORTH CAROLINA 2]1604
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
APq"atlanbrqulM1orlertbnb CanibuH Pcm1[IF0.9MATC-l2-101 Pol 13

Appendix B
Existing NPDES Permit NCO056201

Permit NCO056201
PARTI
A. (1.) EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS - FINAL
During the period beginning on the effective date of the pei�rnit and lasting until expiration, the
Permittee is authorized to discharge treated wastewater from outfall 001. Such discharges shall be
limited and monitored) by the Permittee as specified below:
EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter Code
LIMITS
MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Monthly
Average
Daily
Maximum
Measurement
Frequency
Sample
Type
Sample
Location2
Flow 50050
0.015 MGD
Continuous
Recording
I or E
BOD, 5 -day, 20°C C0310
April 1 -October 31
5.0 mg/I
7.5 mg/I
Weekly
Grab
E
BOD, 5 -day, 20°C C0310
November 1- March 31
10.0 mg/1
15.0 mg/I
Weekly
Grab
E
Total Suspended Solids C0530
30.0 mg/I
45.0 mg/l
Weekly
Grab
E
NH3-N C0610
April 1 -October 31
2,0 mg/l
10.0 mg/L
Weekly
Grab
E
NH3-N C0610
November 1- March 31
4.0 mg/I
20.0 mg/L
Weekly
Grab
E
Total Residual Chlorine3 50060
17 ug/I
2/Week
Grab
E
Fecal Coliform (Geometric mean) 31616
200/100 ml
400/100 ml
Weekly
Grab
E
Temperature °C 00010
Monitor & Report
Daily
Grab
E
pH 00400
>_ 6.0 and <_ 9.0 standard units
Weekly
Grab
E
Dissolved Oxygen 00300
Daily Average >_ 6.0 mg/L
Weekly
Grab
E
Dissolved Oxygen 00300
Monitor & Report
Weekly
Grab
U, D
Temperature °C 00010
Monitor & Report
Weekly
Grab
U, D
Footnotes:
1. No later than 270 days from the effective date of this permit, begin submitting discharge
monitoring reports electronically using NC DWR's eDMR application system. See Condition
A. (2.).
2. Sample Location: I — Influent; E — Effluent; U — Upstream at least 100 feet from outfall 001; D —
Downstream at least 300 feet from outfall 001.
3. The Division shall consider all effluent TRC values reported below 50 µgA to be in compliance
with the permit. However, the Permittee shall continue to record and submit all values reported by
a North Carolina certified laboratory (including field certified), even if these values fall below 50
µg/1.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or foam visible in other than trace amounts.
Page 3 of 6

Appendix C
Engineering Plans and Specifications

b� 1�
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
FINAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY
NOT RELEASED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
NC Land Lease, LLC
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
Randolph County
Plans and Specifications for
Replacement Wastewater Treatment System
Date: June 28, 2018
Consultant: Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
Vice President of Engineering
kdavidson(a�agriwaste.com
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
Apex, NC 27502
Office: 919-859-0669

ZT\ 1�
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri-Waste Technology. Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
FINAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY
NOT RELEASED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
Plans and Specifications for Wastewater System
1. Narrative Description of System
2. Construction Sequence Plan
3. Wastewater System Drawings
WW -1 Cover Sheet
WW -2 Property Layout
WW -3 Existing Conditions (Current System)
WW -4 Proposed Construction & Testing Conditions
WW -5 Proposed Final System
WW -6 Treatment System Detail
WW -7 Proposed Grading Plan
WW -8 AX -Max #1 Detail
WW -9 AX -Max #2 Detail
WW -10 System Details #1
WW -11 System Details #2
WW -12 System Details #3
WW -13 Electrical Plan
WW -14 Process Flow Diagrams
4. Wastewater System Specifications
General Project Specifications
Material Management Practices
Site Work
Installer Specification
Material and Component Specifications

5. Design Basis — Component Selection
Septic and Pump Tank Sheets
Access Riser Adapters
Tank Risers
External Splice Box
Riser Lids
Safety Nets
Effluent Filters
Discharge & Re -circulation Pumps
Pump Vault
UV Disinfection Unit
Control Panels
Flow Meter
Solenoid Valves
AX -Max Treatment Unit
6. Inspection Documentation

1. Narrative Description of Wastewater System

Z� \
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0659
www.agriwaste.com
Narrative Description
Of
Wastewater System
The replacement wastewater treatment system designed for the NC Land Lease, LLC,
Countryside Mobile Home Park considers the following components:
- Septic Tanks (2)
- Flow Equalization Tank
- Advantex AX -Max Treatment Unit (2)
- UV Disinfection
- Headworks Components
- Control Panel
- Discharge Point
Due to the size and advanced technology in this system, a Certified Operator in Responsible
Charge (Classification — Biological Grade I) must be contracted to maintain this system.
Septic Tanks
Two (2) new 10,000 gallon, traffic -rated concrete septic tanks will be installed to serve the
existing mobile home park. The two septic tanks will be installed in series. Septic Tank 1 will
receive the raw wastewater from the existing gravity collection sewer system that serves the
mobile home park. The outlet device in Septic Tank 1 will be a 6" outlet tee (no filter). Effluent
from Septic Tank 1 will gravity flow into Septic Tank 2. An Orenco Systems, Inc. (OSI) fifteen
inch (15") effluent filter will be installed on the outlet of Septic Tank 2. Filtered effluent will
from Septic Tank 2 into the Flow Equalization Tank.
Each septic tank has a baffle wall that facilitates the settling of solids in the tank. Each septic
tank will be outfitted with three (3) 24" access risers. Two risers will be installed on the inlet
portion of the tank and one riser will be installed on the outlet portion of the tank. To facilitate
the installation of the access risers, the tank will have riser adapters cast into the top of the tanks
during tank construction. The risers will be single piece PVC risers with a heavy-duty lid. Each
riser access will also contain either an inner lid or a safety net.
Flow Equalization Tank
A 10,000 gallon flow equalization tank will be installed for the system. The filtered effluent that
leaves Septic Tank 2 will flow into the Flow Equalization Tank. The Flow Equalization Tank
will receive filtered effluent and allow the filtered effluent to be pumped evenly to the AX -Max
treatment units. Duplex pumps, each contained in a separate OSI Biotube pump vault with an
effluent filter, will be located in the outlet compartment of the Flow Equalization Tank. Each
pump assembly will be positioned in an independent riser. Effluent that exits this tank will flow
to the system's treatment component. Under normal operation, one flow equalization pump will

send filtered effluent to a single AX -Max unit. If the need was to arise, an "H connection"
between the two independent pump discharge lines will allow effluent to be pumped from both
flow equalization pumps to a single AX -Max unit.
The Flow Equalization Tank has a baffle wall that facilitates the settling of solids in the tank.
The tank will be outfitted with three (3) 24" access risers. One riser will be installed on the inlet
portion of the tank. Two access risers will be installed on the outlet portion of the tank, each
containing a flow equalization pump. To facilitate the installation of the access risers, the tank
will have riser adapters cast into the top of the tanks during tank construction. The risers will be
single piece PVC risers with a heavy-duty lid. Each riser access will also contain either an inner
lid or a safety net.
AX -Max Treatment Unit
The treatment component of the system is an OSI AdvanTex AX -Max Treatment Unit. The AX -
Max Unit (Unit) is a 42' x 7.6' tank divided into two (2) sections (Section 1, and 2) by a baffle
wall. The Unit contains sheets of "fabric" that provide a media for bacteria to live and treat the
added wastewater. The fabric sheets are positioned over both sections of the unit. Effluent from
the Flow Eq. Tank will enter Section 1, the nitrification portion of the Unit, through a 2" inlet
(pump line). Periodically, effluent from Section 1 is sprayed (with the duplex recirculation
pumps) over the hanging fabric. A portion of the treated effluent will fall back in Section 1 for
further treatment and a portion of the treated effluent will fall into Section 2. Section 2 is the
discharge chamber of the unit and only treated effluent can reach this section. Effluent in
Section 2 will be discharged (dual discharge pumps) from the system.
The duplex re -circulation pumps in Section 1 will be controlled by a system of three (3) floats
that operate the pumps in a Timed Dose arrangement. Under normal operation, both pumps will
operate simultaneously. Float 1 (lowest elevation) is a Redundant Off float. Float 2 is a Peak
Enable float and Float 3 acts as a High -Water Alarm. Under normal operation, the Redundant
Off float will be engaged thereby activating the timer in the control panel. At the pre-set
interval, the pump will engage and distribute effluent over the textile fabric ("on" cycle).
Following this period, the pump will turn off and rest for a designated time ("off' cycle)".
During periods of increased usage, the Peak Enable float will engage and reduce the pre-set "off'
time and thereby send increased flow across the fabric. If the water level in the re -circulation
tank continues to rise, the High -Water Alarm will activate. If the High Water Alarm activates,
the pumps will continually operate until the High Water Alarm Float is disengaged. With the
pumps in continually operation, the peak hourly flow for the system can be processed (even with
a single AX -Max unit in service).
The dual discharge pumps in Section 2 will operate in a "Demand Dose" arrangement. Three
floats will be installed to control the pumps. Float 1 (lowest elevation) is a Redundant Off float.
Float 2 is a Pump On/Off float and Float 3 is a High Water Alarm float. Under normal
operation, the Redundant Off float will be engaged thereby allowing the pump to operate as it is
activated by the Pump On/Off float. When the water level in Section 2 rises and engages the
Pump On/Off float, a single discharge pump (alternating pump configuration) will began
pumping treated effluent from the system. As effluent leave the unit, Float 2 will lower and
disengage the pump. If the water level in the discharge portion of the unit continues to rise, the

High -Water Alarm will activate. If the High Water Alarm activates, the both discharge pumps
will continually operate until the High Water Alarm Float is disengaged. With a single discharge
pump in continually operation, the peak hourly flow for the system can be processed (even with
a single AX -Max unit in service).
A ventilation fan, which draws air through the unit to aid in the treatment of the effluent is
located in the discharge portion (Section 2) of the unit. During extreme cold conditions, the
ventilation fan will not operate and oxygen exchange will be passively controlled.
UV Disinfection
Disinfection for the system will be also accomplished using a dual pressure UV system that is
located in the control building. The UV disinfection system will consist of two (2) Sanitron
2400C UV units positioned in series. Each unit is rated to handle a flowrate of 40 gpm which is
almost double the design discharge rate (25 gpm) of the system. The UV light should operate for
approximately one year prior to needing to be replaced. Operation of the UV system is checked
thru a site port with indicator light located on the unit.
Headworks Components
Along with the UV system, several additional "headworks" components will also be included in
the system discharge line. These components include a monitored flowmeter, a spin filter and a
venturi aspirator. The flowmeter will be connected to the system control panel and allow the
discharge flow to be monitored and recorded. The spinfilter will remove any final particles from
the discharged effluent. Finally, the venturi aspirator will inject air into the discharge line prior
to the treated effluent being discharged.
Control Panel
A single OSI Telecomm (TCOM) Control Panel will be used to operate the pumps and monitor
the float switches for the Flow Equalization Pump and the AX -Max Units. The panel will be
configured with a cellular connection that allows the panel to alert the system operator to the
"real-time" operation of the system.
Discharge Point
The discharge location will be constructed with rip -rap to allow the treated effluent to disperse
and be further aerated prior to introduction in the receiving stream. The discharge pipe will
transition from a small pumped line to a larger gravity line to allow the flow velocity to reduce
prior to discharge.
Operation and Maintenance Requirements
Due to the size of this system, a certified Operator in Responsible Charge (ORC) must be
designated. The ORC shall visit the site at the inspection frequency defined in the Facility
Permit.
Maintenance activities are required by the ORC at each visit. For the septic tanks and Flow
Equalization tank, the ORC shall periodically measure the solids and scum level in both the inlet
and outlet end. The effluent filter in Septic Tank 2 shall be cleaned (over inlet end of tank) as
needed and at a minimum of quarterly. The solids level shall also be checked in the AX -Max
units. The ORC shall monitor and report as necessary appropriate data from the control panel.

At least once a year the ORC shall conduct draw -down tests for each flow equalization and
discharge pump. The draw -down tests shall be conducted after any flushing and adjustment of
the pump flows.
With the specified system, the expected use from the facility, and the expected flow, minimal
maintenance of the system should be required. The system is classified and is required to have
an ORC. The inspection frequency will be provided in the Operation Permit for the system.
Typical activities to occur during the inspections include:
• Evaluate overall system condition,
• Evaluate tank contents (presence of foreign products) and accumulated solids level,
• Clean effluent filters,
• Manually test pumps and floats,
• Confirm operation of high water alarms,
• Confirm operation of UV System,
• Collect any required samples and perform required testing,
• Evaluate discharge point (visually) for proper operation.
There are minimal mechanical components included in the system. The components are standard
septic system components. Therefore, there are no special provisions needed for this system.
Reporting of system performance should be based on the ORC requirement and following each
inspection a report shall be provided to the owner of the system.

2. Construction Sequence Plan

CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING PLAN
Items must occur in the order listed; items cannot occur concurrently unless specifically
noted.
1. Receive Construction Authorization from NCDEQ.
2. Pre -construction meeting on-site with Contractor, Engineer, and regulatory
personnel.
3. Notify Agri -Waste Technology 48 hours prior to beginning system installation.
4. Installation of temporary construction fence.
5. Clearing & grubbing only as necessary for site grading.
6. Rough grading of system area.
7. Preparation of AX -Max excavations.
8. Delivery and installation of AX -Max treatment units.
9. Preparing of Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank excavations.
10. Delivery and installation of Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank.
11. Vacuum testing of Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank.
12. Plumbing connections of all tank and AX -Max components.
13. Build Control Room building and internal Control Room components.
14. Establish electrical connections and pump/float configurations.
15. Connect the discharge of the new treatment system to the existing lift station for
the existing wastewater treatment plant.
16. Testing of system components with potable or reclaimed water prior to receiving
raw waste.
17. Partial Engineer Certification to NCDEQ indicating the system is ready to treat
waste.
18. Construction of new sanitary manhole to receive waste from existing sanitary
collection system.
19. Connection of new sanitary to manhole to new treatment system.
20. Perform system testing with raw waste inflow while discharging into the existing
wastewater treatment plant lift station.
21. Construct final discharge location and excavate discharge point into stream bank.
22. Allow for inspection by NCDEQ.
23. Connect new treatment system to final discharge location once final testing has
been approved by Agri -Waste Technology. Submit Final Engineer Certification
to NCDEQ.
24. Decommission and demolition of existing wastewater treatment plant.
25. Construction of diversion swale and final stabilization.
Convert temporary construction fence to permanent security fence.

3. Wastewater System Drawings
LARGE DRAWINGS ARE SEPARATE
Small set of System Drawings are included for reference
(NOT TO SCALE)

C r _ -, i C � IV03 i I � H : i -�� :. � I/< W WEngineers and Soil Scientists
Proj"ect
Projoect
Locat*�on:
Far�ow Road
27350
RandoIph CoLinty, NC
PI\# 7726-92-0945
NC Lond Lease
c/o M r* J im
LLC
Radford
PO Box 2533
Chr'�st'�anburg, VA 24068
[phone]
IE
�d
�\oel
� Q
F�
Q
SperkY Ln
SITE
ROy F -a
r/o w Rd
Rd
o\b°r0
\ Mar
VICINITY MAP
Proj*ec-.-- Kevin CP.E* Sheet �ndex
kdavidson`)agr'iwaste.com
Agr*�—Waste Techno�ogy, �nc. Sheet I Cover Sheet
501 N. Sci1em Ste 203 Shee2: Property Layout
Apex, N'., 27502 '-. Ex*isting Conditions
(Current System)(9-/9)
Shee.-t roposec Cons,ruc,ion
(9' 233-1970 F'7:f.. & T { ng .,.;rid tions
Sheet -.. Proposed Final System
Sheet r.: TreatmentSystem Detai
System Overv*�ew**Un*ltMob*ile Home P -
15)000 C PC SheeL Proposed G' :7n
'i Sheet 8: AX—Max #1 Detc*��
Des*ign
T D*Ischarge
Sheet 9: AX—Max ti Deta*l�
AdvanTex AX—Max (2) reatment Sheet 10 System Detci� #1
W*Ith F',.. Ecuci�*izatlon and Sheet I I System C #2
UV [)*Is*Mfect* on Sheet 12 ei n Detail
rig -=t 1 Eectr*�ccl Ran
Sheet 14** Process RoDiagrams
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nly
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Cover Sheet
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY: I RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
VFW -1

i
i
i I
BASE SURVEY COMPLETED BY:
I 1
� I
w '� ' Morgan Surveying '
d
w�bdDC fr- � //' i I
.i 2 =0<�
�NCD� �o� / !OM 524 South E m Street
3/4"EIP
co _U td
rWMk=j W T7 I / �np� I ii
�CD — =V) Greensboro, NC 27406
2"NIGH £�vrr �r'Zr� / / N�763583,8�
ovi� \"d\ r =M
FPTY��� d� 336-272-8922 E:1728957,5
LINE / o PROPERTY N 0203G'0(51, E 1060.3 I
n T LINE
M FLUSH i i
m ♦ rn I
w7 I
� W "
R7 ry Z
Cn. i
Co
I sl
o //o I
o
�I � •• J,,
�♦ m ti W
ZJ / % � �• m C O
ZZZZD / / • O< IZ'IAAX \V `-✓
< 13 A mZ
_ i
pco CJ
ADmD / N / ♦ syo -�
1 3> 7 / / : e
oCo??UINO
/ /��;' N
Ln ; �/ • o O
o rp Ck
rn rn n
• I = _ <+ VI
I
rno<< O Fn
jrnrn
NIR7V O Q
0 co
FM
m I11
Ir
FM71
T I
rn / I70
� I I—ST—ST—
r,
/
y I
z N i
i
O
UNNAMED ROAD
Zz�D
I
< �1 — /_U cv °
nNCOOrn
O
Cn
X I
Z X M
D 70 rn N = X _ -IW
Ornz O =
N CA <9 0 rn
O rR I
�mc�z om � o
rn L ^
o , r rn
�no�� _
i0z � ;
0 6�
I
I
I
I
I
�O
I
I
i
I
I
i
1/2" IP
FLU H
i
I
I
i 6>
O
i
i -0
I �
r
Cn 1 n
00
i
O
r -n
i
I
N i
i
i
N '
1/2"EIP
i
2 HIGH
ET[KN 5901511211 W
i�
12-851 5020341 1 711 W 10 19.97' I
i
I
i
PEARL D. HILL I/2" EIPFLUSH j
PIN 7726927734
I
31S3G OLD MARLBORO RD 4763519,89
i
E11729582,8 i
i
I
I i
i
i
oem
AI&41r
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
INC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia INC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nay
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Property Layout
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY: I RELEASED ON:
DRAWING NUMBER
WW -2

LINE LEGEND
PROPERTY LINE
--------- PROPERTY SETACK
STREAM CENTERLINE
-- -- -- TOP OF STREAM BANK
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ SANITARY SEWER
FENCE
ENCREACHMENT
(NE ACCESS IfJSIDE
EXIST WWTP
IET STATI❑N
T❑P - 717,3 2'
INV IN - 712,62/
max\
X\
C
X\
x\
F
EXIST
TRANSFORMER
(RELOCATE IF
NECESSARY)
El
0
ir
MOBILE HOME
0
1811 OAK
Tzri
12'' PINE
GRAVEL
D RI If
4011 TRIPLE OAK
2 011 0 A K �o$o
e8 0
0
k O O o o o
0 00
0
e�
k\ o o e o
o
/
k
o0 0 0
00 to 00 to
_ _ _ , k X�••x\�k •.•
EXIST CULVERT
I
GRAVEL
••7�� (TO BE REMOVED)
IVE
/ 5 0 9 0 DS
---
STR
��C k� � T •�S
CACP k� s� •ETg♦ ACK mak_
DSS k N/Tq
EXIST, DISCHARGE X�k Y�••. \k
L7EoTT7N \k\ SFC���♦ \k
k
� , mak\ � k � S 9
CCC C// CVC Co x�x •. \ �° sT
CREPE
/1YRTLE
It 8
F-1 F-\/ 7 13 5 0 ' � v � �'F��,�°F \'�k� �-•,•.�� /V/, \ 3G" T
\ � e��� \;��. ` � � ��''•. �'�, 1811 OAK
0
RUSSELL B. DILLS �N�E � � \-�gMgAK__. ��;��������%' / l�'TRS'i�s�,��Fs,•�
o
Top OF
SANDRA S. DILLS s�211 OAr\
_
DB 1705 PG 1570 �
SIN 7726x37041 �-- � ��- � � � ••-
3613 R11Y FARL11W RD
K
EXIST, SANITARY MANHOLE----`
RIM E❑EV - 722,95
INV IN (EAST)- 71560
INV IN (N❑RTH)- 714,80
INV ❑UT 714,70
1 5" OAK — —�••.
S
VT\CSC
C\
i
ST \
ST \
ST \
ST \
S
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
INC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia INC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Fina( Drawing
- For Review
Purposes Only
Not Re[eased
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Existing Conditions
(Current System
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY: I RELEASED ON:
DRAWING NU.iHEF
�' Existing Conditions (Current System) �_3

CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING:
Items must occur in the order listed; items cannot occur concurrently unless specifically noted.
1. Receive Construction Authorization from NCDEQ.
2. Pre -construction meeting on-site with Contractor, Engineer, and regulatory personnel.
3. Notify Agri -Waste Technology 48 hours prior to beginning system installation.
4. Installation of temporary construction fence.
5. Clearing & grubbing only as necessary for site grading.
6. Rough grading of system area.
7. Preparation of AX -Max excavations.
8. Delivery and installation of AX -Max treatment units.
9. Preparing of Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank excavations.
10. Delivery and installation of Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank.
11. Vacuum testing of Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank.
12. Plumbing connections of all tank and AX -Max components.
13. Build Control Room building and internal Control Room components.
14. Establish electrical connections and pump/float configurations.
15. Connect the discharge of the new treatment system to the existing lift station for the existing
wastewater treatment plant.
16. Testing of system components with potable or reclaimed water prior to receiving raw waste.
17. Partial Engineer Certification to NCDEQ indicating the system is ready to treat waste.
18. Construction of new sanitary manhole to receive waste from existing sanitary collection system.
19. Connection of new sanitary to manhole to new treatment system.
20. Perform system testing with raw waste inflow while discharging into the existing wastewater
treatment plant lift station.
21. Construct final discharge location and excavate discharge point into stream bank.
22. Allow for inspection by NCDEQ.
23. Connect new treatment system to final discharge location once final testing has been approved
by Agri -Waste Technology. Submit Final Engineer Certification to NCDEQ.
24. Decommission and demolition of existing wastewater treatment plant.
25. Construction of diversion swale and final stabilization.
26. Convert temporary construction fence to permanent security fence.
E;>;IST DISCHAR[jE
CCATIC'.
T7P
ELEV,
RUSSELL
SANDRA
DB 1705
6// PVC
713 50'
I-
S W
W
CL
S
S
CL
EXIST WWTP
IET STATI❑N
T❑P - 717,32/
INV IN - 712,62
qAi� d
T�
CO
cTi
o�
c�
NOTE: ADJUST SYSTEM
LOCATION TO MEET SITE
CONSTRAINTS
NEW RET
A N Nc WALL
x UNIT #2 LLLLLL. O
LLLL L L L L L- L- L -L ADL
ATL L_ L_ L_ L_ L_ L_ L_ L_ L_
_LL I I I I
LL
- L_ L_ L_ L_ L_ L_ L o `
_ L_ L_ L_ L_ L_ L_ L_ I ERL
_ L- L- L- L- L- L- L- AX -
L_ L- L- L- L L L ` `MAx UNI T
Bultln9c C0 nec�oy °poExteri ADL bl
, to TCO't! °r of AD
N nel Inside BC7nt ro L ER
Connection L
vlolve `
0
Q_ RL
= cl°�e `
ti 15° Filter in \
D n \\
EXIST
TRANSFORMER
(RELOCATE IF
NECESSARY)
DL
l DL \
�♦ \�z s.� #1 /
Pu \
Tee S T
����• � � � ♦�♦ X25 �_ e°,1
�.. �� \�� \k ♦♦ - - R EA IISJill
GE \x l ��sT ♦♦ SET - - - E•�
CK
� mak\ �S % F� �F ��R ♦♦♦ zi o
x� STS
411
18" OAK
2011 OAK
40'' TRIPLE OAK
GRAVEL
DRIVE
NEW MANHOLE
INV IN - 713,52
(EXIST LINE FROM MANHOLE)
INV ❑UT - 71327
(NEW 8" PVC TO SYSTEM)
4
�T�� TIE NEW DISCHARGE \x \k S\
ST
T
fV]
GRAVEL
DRI?E
PE
YRTLE
INTO EXIST WWTP X�x x SE �IA� \Xk 3G" TREE
LIFT STATION UNTIL � � � ♦♦ \ �C/-�
START-UP IS \x \ � ♦♦♦ \k II
Nr� , \X •. \ 18 OAK
\ �APPROVED \k\kms \ ♦♦♦ k\
EXPAND �X\ ♦•• \k o
S T\ kik G♦♦♦ \
RE GRAVEL DRIVE \llz
x
E
B DILLS � -, uR��< -•.,;�;,,�--zr% � I,��o y�
S. DILLS _ _ iz OAKOF
F_ ''��.
PG 1570 - �_ �P 't i:•,
PIN 7726837041 _ � � � s� � s' �� • ,•= l> �
3613 R AY FARLEW R D
SW
W Z
S J
S
0-/P
1 511 OAK - - ♦♦•♦
LINE LEGEND
PROPERTY LINE
--------- PROPERTY SETACK
- - STREAM CENTERLINE
- - - - - - TOP OF STREAM BANK
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ SANITARY SEWER
GRAVITY DRAINLINE
-----------------
1.5" PRESSURE LINE
2" PRESSURE LINE
f
EXIST. SANITARY MANH❑LE
RIM ELEV, - 722.95
INV IN (EAST)- 715.60
INV IN (N❑RTH)- 714.80
INV ❑UT - 714.70
C
STS\
B,q
i
ST \
ST
0 10' 20'
Irr
AI&
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
For Review
Purposes Only
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Proposed
Construction
Testing Conditions
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY
DRAWING NUMBER
RELEASED ON:
Line Legend
ST#1
Septic Tank #1 (10,000 gal)
ST#2
Septic Tank #2 (10,000 gal)
Line
Name
Size
Control Room Building
Type
Spin Filter
DL #1
Drain Line #1
6.0"
SCH
40
PVC
DL #2
Drain Line #2
4.0"
SCH
40
PVC
ASL
AdvanTex Supply Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
ATL
AdvanTex Transfer Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
ERL
Effluent Return Line
1.5"
SCH
40
PVC
ADL
AdvanTex Discharge Line
2,0"
SCH
40
PVC
AFL
Alkalinity Feed Line
1.0"
SCH
40
PVC
TDL
Temporary Discharge Line
2,0"
SCH
40
PVC
FDL
Final Discharge Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
0-/P
1 511 OAK - - ♦♦•♦
LINE LEGEND
PROPERTY LINE
--------- PROPERTY SETACK
- - STREAM CENTERLINE
- - - - - - TOP OF STREAM BANK
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ SANITARY SEWER
GRAVITY DRAINLINE
-----------------
1.5" PRESSURE LINE
2" PRESSURE LINE
f
EXIST. SANITARY MANH❑LE
RIM ELEV, - 722.95
INV IN (EAST)- 715.60
INV IN (N❑RTH)- 714.80
INV ❑UT - 714.70
C
STS\
B,q
i
ST \
ST
0 10' 20'
Irr
AI&
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
For Review
Purposes Only
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Proposed
Construction
Testing Conditions
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY
DRAWING NUMBER
RELEASED ON:
COMPONENT LEGEND
ST#1
Septic Tank #1 (10,000 gal)
ST#2
Septic Tank #2 (10,000 gal)
EQ
Flow Equalixation Tank (10,000 gal)
CR
Control Room Building
SF
Spin Filter
FM
Flow Meter
UV
UV Disinfection
AF
Alkalinity Feed
0-/P
1 511 OAK - - ♦♦•♦
LINE LEGEND
PROPERTY LINE
--------- PROPERTY SETACK
- - STREAM CENTERLINE
- - - - - - TOP OF STREAM BANK
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ SANITARY SEWER
GRAVITY DRAINLINE
-----------------
1.5" PRESSURE LINE
2" PRESSURE LINE
f
EXIST. SANITARY MANH❑LE
RIM ELEV, - 722.95
INV IN (EAST)- 715.60
INV IN (N❑RTH)- 714.80
INV ❑UT - 714.70
C
STS\
B,q
i
ST \
ST
0 10' 20'
Irr
AI&
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
For Review
Purposes Only
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Proposed
Construction
Testing Conditions
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY
DRAWING NUMBER
RELEASED ON:

RUSSELL
SANDRA
DE 1705
FIN
E DILLS
S. DILLS
FG 1570
7726837041
3613 RAY FARLEW RD
FENCE TO ENCLOSE
TREATMENT SYSTEM;
ADJUST AS NECESSARY
gURIE��
NK
PLACE 3' GRAVEL COVER w/
FABRIC AROUND MAX UNITS
AND CONTROL BUILDING
M e
DOWNSTREAf�V EXPAND
S \ �y
MONTORNG TI�E \ GRAVEL_ DRIVE
QTS � �-, <�
LOCATION R� �N
9_TOP 0�
(1 25 D.S.) — SSR M - - _
ESM B -�_
K— Install Grate
\ on End of Line\
\
S S
S
0 -
Line Legend
ST#1
Septic Tank #1 (10,000 gal)
ST#2
Septic Tank #2 (10,000 gal)
Line
U
SS
Control Room Building
W<
nI
Spin Filter
DL #1
Drain Line #1
6.0"
-
CL�—
�
I
S
El—I
SCH
I
W
C
AdvanTex Supply Line
C:)Iz
SCH
S
PVC
Ln__j
I
AdvanTex Transfer Line
2.0"
SCH
40
►ty.—
FENCE TO ENCLOSE
TREATMENT SYSTEM;
ADJUST AS NECESSARY
gURIE��
NK
PLACE 3' GRAVEL COVER w/
FABRIC AROUND MAX UNITS
AND CONTROL BUILDING
M e
DOWNSTREAf�V EXPAND
S \ �y
MONTORNG TI�E \ GRAVEL_ DRIVE
QTS � �-, <�
LOCATION R� �N
9_TOP 0�
(1 25 D.S.) — SSR M - - _
ESM B -�_
K— Install Grate
\ on End of Line\
\
S S
S
0 -
LINE LEGEND
PROPERTY LINE
--------- PROPERTY SETACK
STREAM CENTERLINE
- - - - - - TOP OF STREAM BANK
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ SANITARY SEWER
GRAVITY DRAINLINE
----------------- 1.5" PRESSURE LINE
2" PRESSURE LINE
Discharge Point
w/ Stabilization
(fit 6' Riprap)
EXIST. SANITARY
RIM ELEV, -
INV IN (EAST)
INV IN (NORTH)
INV OUT
MOBILE HOME
EXIST
TRANSFORMER
(RELOCATE IE
NECESSARY)
1811 OAK
2011 OAK
40" TRIPLE OAK
GRAY
DRIV
NEW MANHOLE
INV IN — 713,52
(EXIST LINE FROM MANHOLE)
INV OUT — 713,27
(NEW 8" PVC TO SYSTEM)
50 y
S
TR
S M
Ck
G RAVEL
DRIE
0
YRTLE
36" TREE
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Pinar Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nay
Not Released
For
Construction
1811 OAK _\
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
D •.
( • o
�/ • S
\ V ♦• T �
/QST ••�V j y�
e �� •••��
_ 1 511 OAK - _•••
S
S %\ ap
MANHOLE SHEET TITLE
722,95 B� ' Proposed System
71560
71480 UPSTREAM M
- 714.70QST
MONITORING \S DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
T
OCAT ON �sT\ S. Jones 05/09/2018
(75 J.S.)
ST\ REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
S
0 10, 20'
RELEASED BY: I RELEASED ON:
DRAWING NUMBER
ww-5
Line Legend
ST#1
Septic Tank #1 (10,000 gal)
ST#2
Septic Tank #2 (10,000 gal)
Line
Name
Size
Control Room Building
Type
Spin Filter
DL #1
Drain Line #1
6.0"
SCH
40
PVC
DL #2
Drain Line #2
4.0"
SCH
40
PVC
ASL
AdvanTex Supply Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
ATL
AdvanTex Transfer Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
ERL
Effluent Return Line
1.5"
SCH
40
PVC
ADL
AdvanTex Discharge Line
2,0"
SCH
40
PVC
AFL
Alkalinity Feed Line
1.0"
SCH
40
PVC
TDL
Temporary Discharge Line
2,0"
SCH
40
PVC
FDL
Final Discharge Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
LINE LEGEND
PROPERTY LINE
--------- PROPERTY SETACK
STREAM CENTERLINE
- - - - - - TOP OF STREAM BANK
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ SANITARY SEWER
GRAVITY DRAINLINE
----------------- 1.5" PRESSURE LINE
2" PRESSURE LINE
Discharge Point
w/ Stabilization
(fit 6' Riprap)
EXIST. SANITARY
RIM ELEV, -
INV IN (EAST)
INV IN (NORTH)
INV OUT
MOBILE HOME
EXIST
TRANSFORMER
(RELOCATE IE
NECESSARY)
1811 OAK
2011 OAK
40" TRIPLE OAK
GRAY
DRIV
NEW MANHOLE
INV IN — 713,52
(EXIST LINE FROM MANHOLE)
INV OUT — 713,27
(NEW 8" PVC TO SYSTEM)
50 y
S
TR
S M
Ck
G RAVEL
DRIE
0
YRTLE
36" TREE
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Pinar Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nay
Not Released
For
Construction
1811 OAK _\
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
D •.
( • o
�/ • S
\ V ♦• T �
/QST ••�V j y�
e �� •••��
_ 1 511 OAK - _•••
S
S %\ ap
MANHOLE SHEET TITLE
722,95 B� ' Proposed System
71560
71480 UPSTREAM M
- 714.70QST
MONITORING \S DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
T
OCAT ON �sT\ S. Jones 05/09/2018
(75 J.S.)
ST\ REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
S
0 10, 20'
RELEASED BY: I RELEASED ON:
DRAWING NUMBER
ww-5
COMPONENT LEGEND
ST#1
Septic Tank #1 (10,000 gal)
ST#2
Septic Tank #2 (10,000 gal)
EQ
Flow Equalixation Tank (10,000 gal)
CR
Control Room Building
SF
Spin Filter
FM
Flow Meter
UV
UV Disinfection
AF
Alkalinity Feed
LINE LEGEND
PROPERTY LINE
--------- PROPERTY SETACK
STREAM CENTERLINE
- - - - - - TOP OF STREAM BANK
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ SANITARY SEWER
GRAVITY DRAINLINE
----------------- 1.5" PRESSURE LINE
2" PRESSURE LINE
Discharge Point
w/ Stabilization
(fit 6' Riprap)
EXIST. SANITARY
RIM ELEV, -
INV IN (EAST)
INV IN (NORTH)
INV OUT
MOBILE HOME
EXIST
TRANSFORMER
(RELOCATE IE
NECESSARY)
1811 OAK
2011 OAK
40" TRIPLE OAK
GRAY
DRIV
NEW MANHOLE
INV IN — 713,52
(EXIST LINE FROM MANHOLE)
INV OUT — 713,27
(NEW 8" PVC TO SYSTEM)
50 y
S
TR
S M
Ck
G RAVEL
DRIE
0
YRTLE
36" TREE
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Pinar Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nay
Not Released
For
Construction
1811 OAK _\
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
D •.
( • o
�/ • S
\ V ♦• T �
/QST ••�V j y�
e �� •••��
_ 1 511 OAK - _•••
S
S %\ ap
MANHOLE SHEET TITLE
722,95 B� ' Proposed System
71560
71480 UPSTREAM M
- 714.70QST
MONITORING \S DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
T
OCAT ON �sT\ S. Jones 05/09/2018
(75 J.S.)
ST\ REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
S
0 10, 20'
RELEASED BY: I RELEASED ON:
DRAWING NUMBER
ww-5

NEW pc-
/ � / IVII'lc- 7-i�-
"') FE
N/Nc1111111I
AX MqX UNIT
A TL
X MAX UNIT #
1
Q gU /ectricol
ding, CoRnectonto lc Exteof
Ponel InsideMrior BC Control
ding
N connection
Volve
LL =
iii1—LLLL
I _LLLL
I _LLLL
E DA
RDg
y
GENE E
A %o D
9
,'I -DL
O
CO
Globe
Vol ve Z
CDD
�z �
D
DL
#A
NcE
6J0"Filter in
Riser
ADL
EXIST.
TRANSFORMER
(RELOCA E IF
"'FCESSAIRY
ADL
ERL
6P
FDS\ T420 DL
Outlet \
Tee
T#j
� Val ye (2)
OAK
20 " OAK
ST#1
ST#2
EQ
CR
SF
FM
UV
AF
COMPONENT LEGEND
Septic Tank #1 (10,000 gal)
Septic Tank #2 (10,000 gal)
Flow Equalixation Tank (10,000 gal)
Control Room Building
Spin Filter
Flow Meter
UV Disinfection
Alkalinity Feed
GRAVEL
DRIVE
nl
NEW HANHELE
\S TS I N \ I I l 713 �5 2
N � ' (EiIST LINE FROH HANHELE)
CO
• ' � � INV AUT 713,27
(NEW 8// PVC T11 SYSTEH)
ICk
��
18 OAKS
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
INC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia INC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nly
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Treatment System
Deta i
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
DRAWING NUMBER
'W�6
Line Legend
Line
Name
Size
Type
DL #1
Drain Line #1
6.0"
SCH
40
PVC
DL #2
Drain Line #2
4.0"
SCH
40
PVC
ASL
AdvanTex Supply Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
ATL
AdvanTex Transfer Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
ERL
Effluent Return Line
1.5"
SCH
40
PVC
ADL
AdvanTex Discharge Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
AFL
Alkalinity Feed Line
1.0"
SCH
40
PVC
TDL
Temporary Discharge Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
FDL
Final Discharge Line
2.0"
SCH
40
PVC
20 " OAK
ST#1
ST#2
EQ
CR
SF
FM
UV
AF
COMPONENT LEGEND
Septic Tank #1 (10,000 gal)
Septic Tank #2 (10,000 gal)
Flow Equalixation Tank (10,000 gal)
Control Room Building
Spin Filter
Flow Meter
UV Disinfection
Alkalinity Feed
GRAVEL
DRIVE
nl
NEW HANHELE
\S TS I N \ I I l 713 �5 2
N � ' (EiIST LINE FROH HANHELE)
CO
• ' � � INV AUT 713,27
(NEW 8// PVC T11 SYSTEH)
ICk
��
18 OAKS
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
INC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia INC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nly
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Treatment System
Deta i
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
DRAWING NUMBER
'W�6

Ll
W S
C
U V
1;I_,_
------
i
- �.
t
t
t
t
t
'5,, GS''
RUSSELL
SANDRA
DB 1705
PIN
3613
9
E DILLS
S DILLS
FG 1570
7726837041
RAY FARLEW RD
------ - - - - - -
,� TOP of WALL
S EL = 273'
MOBILE HOME
------------------------------------------------------------
EXIST
TRANSFORMER
(RELOCATE IE
NECESSARY)
1611 OAK
TV
1211 FE
\G RA V1111j, El L
\
\
D R1,11
Vt
40" TRIPLE OAK
I LJ Ur_HDE_------------- I
—Ll,-LLLLL
�
O�ild 9c oRne Yon Ext L L_ L LE± L _- 20OA
Pane/o ICOM Con o/ L L L L L L1L IL
Inside 81Z,ng L L L L O1/
H,Connection — — — — '
RIEDLP TA' V OLD
O C J Valve C —
M
T
�,c
_
��.
ESQ A
N
\\
S SSS
_
ANK- Install Grate
S - on End of Line1 ------------\
---
i__7 ---
--------- S
� IBJ --
---------�
W S
C
CL
\
\
C R If
Y�rt\�E
a8
cg CY`C�1,t O 8 \
00 8 \
OcrJ, �o
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
INC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia INC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
GRAVEL'
I � Plna� Drawing
DRIVE C/ - For Review
S �
Purposes ❑nay
Not Released
NEW MANHOLE \ For
INV IN — 713,52 Construction
(EXIST L_.INE FR❑M MANH \\ LE)
INV OUT — 713,27
(NEW 8" PVC TO SYSTEM),
\
\
3611 TREE
,
1811 o REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
�S ••T,q
/V
_ •
Discharge Point O 1511 OAK �`\S-••••
w/ Stabilization �•
('2-x 6' Riprap)
0 \
\
EXIST -SANITARY MANH❑ E_ - 5�.� , OS
RIM -,--__S 72295
INV IN (EAST)- -----------'-�
`
INV IN (N❑RTH)---O1-`---------- ---- `--- -_ '� '�II``
71480
INV ❑UT - 71470
�. 0",
\ST
SHEET TITLE
Proposed
Grading Pan
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY
DRAWING NUMBER
RELEASED ON:

3"0 Air
Inlet
2"0 Inlet
Float Functions & Pump Index
A
High Level Alarm /Lag Enable
B
Override Timer
C
Pump ON/ High Level Alarm
D
Pump OFF
E
Redundant Off/Low Level Alarm
Recirc. Discharge
MF3P MF4P
A
B C D
E
E
60" 54" 50"
s6"
42"
32 "
Recirculation Pumps: PF751512
Discharge Pumps: PF300512
92"
3"O Enclosui
Vent
2" 0 Filtered
Air Outlet
3 "0 Recirc. 1
Valve
I
Section B -B
Scale.- I " = 4'-0"
AX -Max 2 75-42
Unit #1 Plan View
60" Baffle Wall
6"0 Recirc.
Transfer Line
Scale.- I" = 4'-0"
60" Baffl
Wall
3"O Recirc.—
Return Valve
6"0 Recirc.—
Transfer Line
Section A A
Scale.- 1"= 4'-0"
G'� I
i
Q;zj
.❖...o❖...❖ .o❖ .o.❖ .o❖..o..
..•..•..•......•...•...•...•..•....•..<
............................<
.............................
.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.❖.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•..•.❖.•..•.<
.............................
U;aj
2" Filtered
Air Outlet
Recirc.
Pumps
Distribution Spin Nozzle (typ.)
Typical Filter
Media Section
45° Baffl
Wall
381►
22'► � Recirc.
1 Pumps (typ.)
3 "0 Enclosur-
Ven t
2 "0 Filtered
Air Outlet
Vent Fan
Assembly
Discharge 1
Assembly
2" 0 Dischar�
Section C -C
Scale.- 1"= 4'-0"
45'Baffle Wall
6"0 Recirc.
Transfer Line
Discharge
Pumps (typ.)
C
3"O Enclosure Vent
Vent Fan Assem bl y
Discharge Float Assy
Sample Port &
Anti -siphon Valve
2"O Discharge
Line to Unit #2
2 "O Discharge
to UV Disinfection
Discharge Pumps
Splice Box (typ.)
A
—1.5V Return to
Pre -Anoxic
--------------------------
Recirc. Float
Assembly
Splice Box (typ.)
Recirc.
Float Assembly
(2) 2"0 Discharge Lines
1.S"OLine To
Pre -Anoxic
AdvanTex AX-Max275-42
Treatment Unit #1 Details
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
INC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia INC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nay
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
AX -Max #1 Detai
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY
DRAWING NUMBER
RELEASED ON:

71-71F
2"O Inlet
0�;_
Al3 0 Air
Inlet
..................
3 "O Air
Inlet
2 "O Inlet (x's .
AX -Max 2 75-42
Unit #2 Plan View
Scale.- I " = 4'-0"
Recirc.
Pumps
Distribution Spin Nozzle (typ.)
C,
i
L--glili C
-2 "O Discharge
to UV Disinfection
Discharge Pumps
Splice Box (typ.)
1.5 O Return to iA
Pre -Anoxic
----------------------------
Recirc. Float
Assembly
* Float Functions & Pump Index
A
High Level Alarm /Lag Enable
B
Override Timer
C
Pump ON/ High Level Alarm
D
Pump OFF
Typical Filter
Redundant Off/Low Level Alarm
Recirc. Discharge
MF3P MF4P
A
B C D
Media Section
E
60" 54 " 50"
s6"
42"
32"
60" Baffl
Discharge Pumps: PF300512
Wall
(31
45 ° Baffl C__\
0CE
3 "O Recirc. Wall
92" Return Valve
6"0 Recirc. 38"
4 ►► Transfer Line 22" Recirc.
if Pumps (typ.)
* Float Functions & Pump Index
A
High Level Alarm /Lag Enable
B
Override Timer
C
Pump ON/ High Level Alarm
D
Pump OFF
E
Redundant Off/Low Level Alarm
Recirc. Discharge
MF3P MF4P
A
B C D
E
E
60" 54 " 50"
s6"
42"
32"
Recirculation Pumps: PF751512
Discharge Pumps: PF300512
3 "O Enclosur
Vent
2 "O Filtered
Air Outlet
3 "O Recirc. 1
Valve
Section B -B
Scale.• I it = 4'-0"
Section A -A
Scale.- 1 " = 4'-0"
K
60" Baffle Wall
92"
6"0 Recirc.
Transfer Line
3 "O Enclosur�
Vent
2 "O Filtered
Air Outlet
Vent Fan
Assembly
* Discharge 1
Assembly
2 "O Dischar�
AX-Mdffl%xj-
Section C -C
Scale.- I" = 4'-0"
45'Baffle Wall
Splice Box (typ.)
* Recirc.
Float Assembly
2 "O Discharge Line
1. S "O Line To
Pre -Anoxic
6"0 Recirc. AdvanTex AX-Max275-42
Transfer Line
* Discharge
Pumps (typ.)
Treatment Unit #2 Details
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
INC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia INC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Pinar Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nay
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
AX -Max #2 Detai
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY
RELEASED ON:
DRAWING NUMBER
ww-9

AST -IN-PLACE RUBBER BOOT
FOR 8" PIPE ON SIDE INLET
(NO CONCRETE KNOCKOUTS)
256,0"
. d A. 4 .•
)KNOTE-USE 24' '
CAST -IN-PLACE
ORENCO RISER
ADAPTER
IFTING ANCHORS
(TYP, 4)
020'L
Orenco 24Orenco24'120,0 " Riser Base w/ Riser Bnse13 6 0 LI Lid 2 0" 2 ,0"
•d
• 6.0"
° . .
a
• . < a
• ' .• _. • _ • . _
I;IIIIYI
CAST -IN-PLACE RUBBER BOOT
FOR 6" PIPE ON OUTLET
256.0"
240.0"
10.0
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
° "
VENT (TYP, 2 21.5"
4.
43,5"93,0" 4,0//
93,0" FLOW THR❑UG 91.0"
(TYP. 9)
39.0
'44 20,0" d
d • • P • • 4 . • < • ' • • • r -'4
• • •• .
1560" 78.0" 8 0"
6.0"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO BOTTOM OF 6" OUTLET
BOTTOM OF TANK TO BOTTOM OF 8" INLET
NTS NOTE: ACTUAL INLET L❑CATI❑N IS IN SIDE [IF TANK;
SHOWN ON END HERE FOR CLARITY
Septic Tank #1 (or equivalent 10,000 gallon tank
N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
SHOAF - 10,000 GAL. SEPTIC TANK
HS/20 TRAFFIC RATED
NC APPROVAL # STB -2083
SHOAF PRECAST INC.
4130 W US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
www.shoafprecast.com
- GAL. PER INCH - 121.56
- 2 TO 1 LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO
- PIPE PENETRATION SEALS MEET ASTM C-923
-14" BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOINTS
-REINFORCED PER ENGINEER SPECS
- CONCRETE - 5,000 PSI MIN.
- TANK WEIGHT - 106,000 #
- TOP - 40,000 #
- BOTTOM - 40,000 #
- RISER SECTION - 26,000 #
10,0"
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
30,0„ 10" AIRSPACE
J_
83" LIQUID LEVEL
111,0" 43.5'
93,0'
O O O O O O O
s•
39.0"
37.5'
a • • P . • 4 . • • • • • • d
8.0" 120.0"
136.0"
10-811111
wwNOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN-PLACE
ORENCO RISER
ADAPTER
NTS
120.0"
10.0"
256,0"
' )K)KNOTE-USE 30'
CAST -IN-PLACE
ORENCO RISER
ADAPTER 7 '4
IFTING
ANCHORS
(TYP, 4)
.4
Orenco 24' Orenco 24' Orenco 30'
Riser Base W/ Riser Base W/ Riser Base w/
Lid Lid Lid
d
24
3
6,0"
• • d • • • I • _. d • • _
AST -IN-PLACE RUBBER BOOT
FOR 6" PIPE ON INLET END
CAST -IN-PLACE RUBBER BOOT
FOR 4" PIPE ON OUTLET END
256.0"
240,0"
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
.a . • • d
• • d
VENT (TYP. 2
T4.0'
'A
21,5"
136.0"
i
43,5"
4,0"
93 0" °_
90.0" FLOW THR❑UG 88.0"
(TYP. 9)
39,0"
28.0"
d
44-
•
• i • • ' . • • • • • 6 • • • •• • • 4%
• • • • p
8,0" L 156,0" 78.0"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO BOTTOM OF 6" INLET
BOTTOM OF TANK TO BOTTOM OF 4" OUTLET
Septic Tank #2 (or equivalent 10,000 gallon tank
N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
SHOAF - 10,000 GAL. SEPTIC TANK
HS/20 TRAFFIC RATED
NC APPROVAL # STB -2083
SHOAF PRECAST INC.
4130 W US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
www.shoafprecast.com
- GAL. PER INCH - 121.56
- 2 TO 1 LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO
- PIPE PENETRATION SEALS MEET ASTM C-923
-14" BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOINTS
-REINFORCED PER ENGINEER SPECS
- CONCRETE - 5,000 PSI MIN.
- TANK WEIGHT - 106,000 #
- TOP - 40,000 #
- BOTTOM - 40,000 #
- RISER SECTION - 26,000 #
10,0"
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
30.0„ 4 - - V - V -
100 " AIRSPACE °
83" LIQU D LEVEL • °
43,5' .93.0"
1110" O O O O O O O O
e•
39.0"
37.5' 8 0"
a
8.0" 120,0" 8.0"
136.0"
A%vr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
- For Review
Purposes Only
Not Released
For
Construction
SHOAF - 10,000 GAL. PUMP TANK
CASN -PLACE T 24'
CAST -IN-PLACE
256,0"
HS/20 TRAFFIC RATED
❑RENC❑ RISER
ADAPTER
p . °
'
•f .
"
NC APPROVAL # PT -2092
20' OPENING
nota
Safety
Det
SHOAF PRECAST INC.
4130WUSHWY 64
°
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
se, IFTING
• 'Rill"en`°2B.se4
`
n
ANCHORS
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE
787-5826(TYP,
n Each
Access
That
Does
• 4) (336)
FAX [phone]
120,0"
oren.° 24'
RlseLidse W 136,0"
'
[e-mail]
www.shoafprecast.com
C�Ot Conta
n
An
nnorL*1d
2 0"
Orenco 24'
Riser Ba=e "
r Lld &
2o' Opening
'
NOTES:
2 ,0"L
0,
-FULL CAPACITY - 10,211 GAL.
Safety
y
Netting
- GAL. PER INCH - 121.56
r
- 2:1 LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO
0
PIPE PENETRATION SEALS MEET ASTM C-923
„L
- 1 4" BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOINTS
®o
o®
40.0'
- REINFORCED PER ENGINEER SPECS
NOTE: OUTLET THROUGH
RISER
- CONCRETE - 5,000 PSI MIN.
CAST -IN-PLACE RUBBER BOOT] - TANK WEIGHT - 102,350 #-TOP - 42,150 #
FOR 4" PIPE ON INLET END
Install Safety Net Below 2nd Riser Rib
-BOTTOM - 40,100 #
-RISER SECTION - 20,000 #
®ID DIED
256,0"
Eye Bolt
240,0"
1 �' //
Rubber Washer,
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
P
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
P
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
a
Flat a t Washer, &
®ID
DI®
° �° • ° f • ' '
Cap Nut or Lock Safety
10 0"
VENT
CTYP. 2
21,5"
4,0
30,0" o
VENT (TYP, 2) P
Nut Net
® /
Ring Clamp
SHEET TITLE
84,0"
34,5"
4
102,0" 34,5'' _
84,0"
(2 Above Filter)
System Detai 1
Y
83.0"
Threaded Eye
•
FLOW THROUG
Riser
FLOW
THROUG
6,0„ 28,0"
37,5' 9 CTYP. 7) 8,0
Wall
DRAWN BY:
CREATED ON:
(TYP, 7)
d
Rise
o®
.
° .. ••
Wall
®o
o
S. Jones
05/09/2018
g o„
156.0"
8 0"
78,0"
6.0" 8,0"
g 0" 120,0" g,0"
REVISED BY:
REVISED ON:
136,0"
NTS
BOTTOM OF
TANK TO BOTTOM OF 4" INLET
Not to scale e
SHEET NAME:
WW 10-
Flow Eq. Tank (or equivalent 10,000 gallon tank)
4 Safety Net
WW-t� N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
VVVJ_g0 N.T.S. SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.

*Stabilize or Mulch Disturbed Areas
Detectable Locator Tape
24-36" Backfill—
Cover
V
2" Bedding Material
(sand or fines)
1-2" Soil Mound to
Account for Settling
6-12" Trench Width
Force Main Trench Detail
N.T.S. SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
TOP OF MANHOLE RING & COVER
TO BE FLUSH WITH GRAVEL ROAD
SURFACE EL = 716.00'
STEP
( TYP. )
FLEXIBLE CONNECTO
8" EFFLUENT PIPE
(TO SEPTIC TANK #1
IN NEW WWTP)
OUTLET INVERT EL = 713.27'
Manhole Detail
W�W� N.T.S. SOURCE: Adapted from Town of Cary
24"x36" Sheet
Clean Backfill
2" Force Main
STANDARD MANHOLE RING & COVER
USE FOUR 3�8% 4)/2" ANCHOR
BOLTS TO BOLT FRAME TO SPACER
USE ROPE MASTIC SEAL BETWEEN
FRAME & SPACER.
HEIGHT
VARIES
Discharge Riprap Detail
N.T.S. SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
A
B MH RING
& COVER l
10" MINIMUM
8" INFLUENT PIPE
(FROM EXISTING
MANHOLE)
INLET INVERT EL = 713.52'
12" BEDDING (#57 STONE)
SECTION BB
PIPE
u
A�
MANHOLE B
PIPE
TOP VIEW
ALL EXTERNAL JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED
WITH AN APPROVED JOINT SEALING MATERIAL
ALL LIFT HOLES WHICH COMPLETELY u °
PENETRATE THE MANHOLE SHALL BE `
FILLED WITH NON—SHRINKING GROUT d RISER UNIT
0—RING OR BUTYL RUBBER JOINT
BASE UNIT
CONCRETE INVERT MEETING SPECIFICATIONS ---,EFFLUENT
Clean, Tamped Backfill
A If C% n Ll it f% r'I\ /n
d°
° ° PIPE
° ° ° d
°
6 ° °
EXTENDED BASE THICKNESS ° d
4' DIAMETER: 6" ° ° ° a 6
° d °
SECTION A A
NOTES:
1. ALL MANHOLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PREFABRICATED OR CORED WITH A CONCRETE CORING MACHINE.
2. ALL MANHOLES SHALL BE VACUUM TESTED.
3. EXTENDED BASE REQUIRED FOR ALL MANHOLES WITH MORE THAN 12—FT DEPTH OF BURY.
4. PROVIDE A MINIMUM 0.1 FOOT IN—OUT DROP FOR STRAIGHT RUNS AND 0.2 FOOT IN—OUT DROP FOR ANGLE RUNS.
STANDARD PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE
ndisturbed Earth
STANnARn MANHnIF
Rlr
111NIMUM 3�8% 4)/2" BOLTS
TAINLESS STEEL ANCHOR
POSITION AS SHOWN)
4 REQUIRED)
PLAN VIEW
7" TYPICAL
�II�I min 3'
II.I
Concrete Support IIIII Support
Pad 18"x18"x4" IIIII Strap
IIIII
IIIII
°0ooo IIIi IlII IlII I,III IlI
4
MIN. 2COVER
Geotextile O,',-Drain
vel
Fabric l Ho
°I Supply Line
° °°
Galvanized
4"x4" Treated Po s IIIII Elbow
48" burial (min) IIIII
IIIII
IIIII
IIIII
IIIII
IIIII
L11 II
Freshwater Spigot Detail
N.T.S. SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
TYPICAL 2" MINIMUM
FINISHED GRADE
SECTION VIEW
OTE:
1. MANHOLE RING TO BE BOLTED AS SHOWN W/ ROPE MASTIC SEAL BETWEEN FRAME & SPACER.
STANDARD MANHOLE RING AND COVER INSTALLATION
L
COVER FOR SANITARY
SEWER IN PAVED AREAS
A (1) VENT HOLE
B B
FILLETS ® R 1/8" (2) PICKHOLES
1" DIAMETER
Y2
NIM
COVER TOP VIEW
RING TOP VIEW
5/8231Y,6 MAX. 1„
vi
7Y2 2113 MIN. MIN. �23�311
I~ �6 L� 1„
1 3
I► 2618° MIN. 1Hf H J
33y4„
3" � SPECIFICATIONS:
SECTION 1. CLASS 35 GRAY IRON.
"A—A" 4„
2. COMPLIES WITH ASTM A48 CL35B.
MINIMUM WEIGHTS SECTION "B—B"
RING 180
COVER 125
TOTAL 305
STANDARD MANHOLE RING AND COVER
COVER BOTTOM VIEW
Al&or
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nly
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
System Detail #2
[SHEET
RAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jones 5/9/2018
ELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
NAME:
RING AND COVER
T
\//\//\//\//\/i BASE
MIN.
\\/\
a° `•�\\�\\�\\�\\�� COURSE
( TYP. )
COMPACTED //\\/�
STANDARD
MANHOLE"
\�\/\\/\\y\j\\%/
BACKFILL (TYPICAL)
SECTION VIEW
OTE:
1. MANHOLE RING TO BE BOLTED AS SHOWN W/ ROPE MASTIC SEAL BETWEEN FRAME & SPACER.
STANDARD MANHOLE RING AND COVER INSTALLATION
L
COVER FOR SANITARY
SEWER IN PAVED AREAS
A (1) VENT HOLE
B B
FILLETS ® R 1/8" (2) PICKHOLES
1" DIAMETER
Y2
NIM
COVER TOP VIEW
RING TOP VIEW
5/8231Y,6 MAX. 1„
vi
7Y2 2113 MIN. MIN. �23�311
I~ �6 L� 1„
1 3
I► 2618° MIN. 1Hf H J
33y4„
3" � SPECIFICATIONS:
SECTION 1. CLASS 35 GRAY IRON.
"A—A" 4„
2. COMPLIES WITH ASTM A48 CL35B.
MINIMUM WEIGHTS SECTION "B—B"
RING 180
COVER 125
TOTAL 305
STANDARD MANHOLE RING AND COVER
COVER BOTTOM VIEW
Al&or
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nly
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
System Detail #2
[SHEET
RAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jones 5/9/2018
ELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
NAME:

From Flow
EQ Tank
Ill
2" Coupling
From Flow
EQ Tank
Install on Gravel Base in 24 Riser
(or equivalent)
H -Connection Valve Box Detail
N.T.S. SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
System Profile
N.T.S. SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
�24"x36" Sheet
Sheet
To AX—Max
Jnit #2
2" Coupling
To AX—Max
Unit #1
2" Coupling
Safety Net With
Quick Disconnect
6" above ground
surface
Undisturbed
Earth -
8" Sch 40 PVC =
from New Manhole
Timer Settings
N.T.S. SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
all Valve (2)
Safety Net With 4
/—One Piece Quick Disconnects
Riser
Cast In Place
Riser Adapters
Clean, Tamped Backfill
Equalization Tank Float Settings
L
/ Amer Settings
Pump I
Flow Equalization Pumps
AX -Max Recirculation Pumps
Safety Net With
Quick Disconnect
6" above ground
surface
Clean, Tamped
6" Sch 40 PVC
Compacted Baffle III I—I
Backfill Holes 1(—
Outlet Tee
Undisturbed
Earth to
Support Pipe
1 0,000—gal. Baffled Septic Tank I Eley = 706,0• Compacted
Backfill '
6" (min) Gravel Bed
Undisturbed Earth
�—
I
Safety Net24° Riser Discharge To
H—Connection Valve
Slopesoilay
fi" shove ground surface e riser Net
Safety Single Piece 6—Hole r24' Riser
RisersSplice I
5—Hale
I
Box
Split
Bax Discharge To
Eley = 416.8' H—Connection Valve
Clean, Tamped Backfill
1
l Hl
aev = 413.4' VALVE
`--�h
---------------
Safety Net With 4
Quick Disconnects
Cast In Place
Riser Adapters
Clean, Tamped Backfill
v
Inlet Invert
Eley = 71226'
Baffle
Holes
I I Effluence
Filter
in
- 7nFnn• 1 0,000—Qal. Baffled Septic Tank (FTP 15-54-36-
6" (min) Gravel Bed
Undisturbed Earth
ne Piece
Riser
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
4" Sch 40 PVC
----il_-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Pump Vault Pump Vault
I%VVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, INC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Final Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nay
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
System -ietrA #31
BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 5/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
L�A*%�a*vw

NOTES:
— Qualified Electrician to install wiring.
— All conduit is PVC SCH 80, diameter and lengths vary.
— Minimum burial depth is 18".
— All conduit to be buried 36" or placed in ductile iron sleeve where crossing
roadways.
— All wire to be OF or THWN rated.
— Incoming Power and required grounding by others
— Wiring inside building not shown
Conduit Sizing / Wire Runs
Line
Conduit Size (in)
#8
# 12
# 14
A
1.0
—
7
4
B
1.0
—
5
4
C
1.0
—
7
4
D
1.0
—
5
4
E
1.0
—
3
3
F
1.0
—
3
3
Electrical Plan: Treatment System
W113 N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
3" Elbo�
3" Con n ecto
3" PV
Pip
3" Type UE
Conduit Body
hrough Contro
Room Wal
Mount Electrical Raceway Box
to Side of Control Room
1" Conduit from
Treatment System
NTS
2 Electrical Raceway
WW -13 N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
I24"x36" Sheet
1"
Connector
i TJ
5o
Conduit Run Diagram
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
0
0
01.1d
MRS
1�
UV Bank #2
UV Bank #1
Sampling Port
Globe Valve Flow In from
-00 Flow Meter Spin Filter AX -Max
Discharge Line Through Discharge
Control Building Floor to
Discharge Location
Alkalinity
Feed Spin Filter Flush Line
to Tie into P -Trap in
Control Room Floor
Alkalinity Feed Tube to be
Housed Within 1" Conduit
Through Control Building Floor
to Inlet Riser of Flow EQ Tank
Flow
Equalization
Tank (Inlet)
P -Trap in
Control Room
Floor
Control Room Process Flow Diagram
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Pinar Drawing
- For Review
Purposes Only
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Electrical Plan
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 5/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
WW -13

Operation Scenario #1 (Normal Operation):
15,000 gpd Inflow; 2 AX -Max Units ; 3,750 gpd return flow
Q = 1,875 gpd
Operation Scenario #2 (Peak Operation):
30,000 gpd Inflow; 2 AX -Max Units ; 3,750 gpd return flow
Q = 1,875 gpd
Operation Scenario #3 (Peak Operation in Maintenance Condition):
301000 gpd Inflow; 1 AX -Max Units ; 0 gpd return flow
Sanitary Sewer Q=30,000 gpd Septic Tank #1 Q=30,000 gpd Septic Tank #2 Q=30,000 gpd Flow EQ Tank Q=30,000 gpd
Collection 10,000 gal 10,000 gal 10,000 gal no
System
Q=30,000 gpd
H -Connection
Valve
AdvanTex AX -Max I Q=30,000 gpd
Treatment Unit #1 OR #2
Q=30,000 gpd Q=30,000 gpd
Spin Filter
rocess Flow Diaqrams
CONTROL ROOM
Q=30,000 gpd Q=30,000 gpd
Flow Meter — UV Disinfection
Discharge
Al&lrr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Countryside Mobile
Home Park
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Owner Information:
NC Land Lease LLC
(c/o Jimmy Radford)
PO Box 2533
Christianburg, VA 24068
540-357-4676
Property Information:
Countryside Mobile Home Park
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia INC 27350
Randolph County, NC
PIN# 7726-92-0945
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Pinar Drawing
- For Review
Purposes ❑nay
Not Released
For
Construction
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Process Row
Diagrams
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
S. Jones 05/09/2018
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY
DRAWING NUMBER
RELEASED ON:
WW -14

4. Waste Water System Specifications

Waste Water System Specifications
Table of Contents
1.0 General Project Specifications
1.1 Project Description
1.2 Site Description
1.3 Adjacent Property
2.0 Material Management Practices
2.1
Housekeeping
2.2
Hazardous Products
2.3
Product Safety Practices
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
2.3.2 Fertilizers
2.4
Spill Control Practices
3.0 Site Work
3.1
Construction Roads and Parking
3.2
Tree Preservation and Protection
3.3
Removal of Topsoil
3.4
Permanent Seeding
3.4.1 Seedbed Requirements
3.4.2 Soil Conditioner
3.4.3 Seedbed Preparation
3.4.4 Seeding
3.4.5 Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding.
3.4.6 Irrigation
3.4.7 Application of Organic Mulch
3.4.8 Anchoring Organic Mulch
3.4.9 Permanent Stabilization
4.0 Installer Specification
5.0 Material and
Component Specifications
5.1
Concrete Tanks (Septic Tanks, Pump Tank)
5.2
Access Risers and Lids
5.3
System Piping
5.4
Biotube Pump Vaults
5.5
Field Dose Pumps and Pressure Filter
5.6
Control Panels and Floats
5.7
Drainfield with Low Pressure Pipe Distribution System
5.8
Headworks Risers
5.9
Ultraviolet (UV) Disinfection

1.0. General Project Specifications
1.1 Project Description
The purpose of the project is to replace the existing wastewater treatment plant that serves the
mobile home community. The new system will serve the existing 65 mobile homes with a total
design flow of 15,000 gpd. The proposed treatment system will consist of three new tanks (two
septic tanks and one flow equalization tank), two new AX -Max treatment units, and one control
building. Final filtration and disinfection of the treated effluent will occur in the control
building.
1.2 Site Description
The project site consists of replacing an existing wastewater treatment package plant serving a
mobile home community located at 3571 Roy Farlow Road, Sophia, NC 27350. The project
location is on the western property line. The setbacks and proposed location of the treatment
system is shown on the system drawings.
1.3 Adjacent Property
The surrounding area is mostly undeveloped, wooded area or occupied by single-family
residences.

2.0. Material Management Practices
The following are general material management practices that should be considered to reduce the
risk of spills and other accidental exposure of materials and substances to storm water runoff.
2.1 Housekeeping
The following good housekeeping practices shall be followed on site during the construction
project.
• An effort will be made to store only enough product required to do the job.
• All materials stored on site will be stored in a neat orderly manner in their appropriate
containers and, if possible, under a roof or other enclosure.
• Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer's label.
• Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the manufacturer.
• Whenever possible, all of a product will be used before disposing of the container.
• Manufacturer's recommendations for proper use and disposal will be followed.
• The site superintendent will inspect daily to ensure proper use and disposal of materials
on site.
2.2 Hazardous Products
These practices are used to reduce the risks associated with hazardous materials (if any are
present):
• Products will be kept in original containers unless they are not re -sealable.
• Original labels and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be retained as they provide
important product information.
• If surplus product must be disposed of, the manufacturer's or local and state
recommended methods for proper disposal will be followed.
2.3 Product Safety Practices
The following product safety practices will be followed on site:
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
All on site vehicles will be monitored for leaks and receive regular preventive maintenance to
reduce the chance of leakage. Petroleum products will be stored in tightly sealed containers
which are clearly labeled.

2.3.2 Fertilizers
Fertilizers (if required) used will be applied at recommended agronomic rates. Once applied,
fertilizer will be worked into the soil to limit exposure to storm water. The contents of any
partially used bags of fertilizer will be transferred to a sealable plastic bin to avoid spills.
2.4 Spill Control Practices
The following practices will be followed for spill prevention and cleanup:
• Manufacturer's recommended methods for spill cleanup will be clearly understood and
site personnel will be made aware of the procedures and the location of the information
and cleanup supplies.
• Materials and equipment necessary for spill cleanup will be kept in the material storage
area on site. Equipment and materials will include but not be limited to brooms, dust
pans, mops, rags, gloves, goggles, kitty litter, sand, sawdust, and plastic and metal trash
containers specifically for this purpose.
• All spills will be cleaned up immediately after discovery.
• The spill area will be kept well ventilated and personnel will wear appropriate protective
clothing to prevent injury from contact with a hazardous substance.
• Spills of toxic or hazardous material will be reported to the appropriate state or local
government agency, regardless of size.
• The spill prevention plan will be adjusted to include measures to prevent this type of spill
from reoccurring and how to clean up the spill if there is another one. A description of
the spill, what caused it, and the cleanup measures will also be included.
• The site superintendent responsible for the day-to-day site operations, will be the spill
prevention and cleanup coordinator. He should designate at least one other site personnel
to receive spill prevention and cleanup training. These individuals will each become
responsible for a particular phase of prevention and cleanup.

3.0 Site Work
The site shall be maintained in an orderly and clean fashion. Debris should be confined to a
common area and removed weekly. The minimum area needed shall be disturbed. Due to the
small footprint of the project (drainfield), a formal erosion and control plan has not been
developed. However, contractor shall follow standard practices to minimize any adverse effects
from the installation of the system.
3.1 Construction Roads and Parking (as applicable)
Inspect construction roads and parking areas periodically for condition of surface. Top -dress
with new gravel as needed. Check areas for erosion and sedimentation after runoff -producing
rains. Maintain all vegetation in a healthy, vigorous condition. Sediment -producing areas
should be treated immediately.
3.2 Tree Preservation and Protection
Some clearing of trees will be required for the installation of the drain line connecting the facility
to the treatment unit. Care shall be taken to minimize the disturbed area during installation. In
spite of precautions, some damage to protected trees may occur. In such cases, repair any
damage to the crown, trunk, or root system immediately.
• Repair roots by cutting off the damaged areas and painting them with tree paint. Spread
peat moss or moist topsoil over exposed roots.
• Repair damage to bark by trimming around the damaged area as shown in Figure 1
below, taper the cut to provide drainage, and paint with tree paint.
• Cut off all damaged tree limbs above the tree collar at the trunk or main branch. Use
three separate cuts as shown in Figure 2 to avoid peeling bark from healthy areas of the
tree.

TREE WOUND
TRIM AND TAPER
Figure 1. Trim bark wounds with a tapered cut, then apply tree paint.
INCORRECT
CORRECT
Figure 2. Prune damaged branches with three cuts to avoid peeling bark from the tree when tree
trunk falls from tree.
To the degree possible, the vegetation that is removed during the drain line installation shall be
shredded on site and used to cover the drain line installation or as a ground cover. Larger
material shall be removed from the site and disposed of properly.

3.3 Removal of Topsoil
3.3.1 Materials
Determine whether the quality and quantity of available topsoil justifies selective handling.
Quality topsoil has the following characteristics:
• Texture—loam, sandy loam, and silt loam are best; sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, clay
loam, and loamy sand are fair. Do not use heavy clay and organic soils such as peat or
muck as topsoil
• Organic matter content—(sometimes referred to as "humic matter") should be greater
than 1.5% by weight.
• Acidity—pH should be greater than 3.6 before liming, and liming is required if it is less
than 6.0.
• Soluble saltsshould be less than 500 ppm.
• Sodium—sodium adsorption ratio should be less than 12. The depth of material meeting
the above qualifications should be at least 2 inches. Soil factors such as rock fragments,
slope, depth to water table, and layer thickness affect the ease of excavation and
spreading of topsoil. Generally, the upper part of the soil, which is richest in organic
matter, is most desirable; however, material excavated from deeper layers may be worth
storing if it meets the other criteria listed above. Organic soils such as mucks and peats
do not make good topsoil. They can be identified by their extremely light weight when
dry.
3.3.2 Stripping
Strip topsoil only from those areas that will be disturbed by excavation, filling, roadbuilding, or
compaction by equipment. A 4-6 inch stripping depth is common, but depth varies depending on
the site. Determine depth of stripping by taking soil cores at several locations within each area to
be stripped. Topsoil depth generally varies along a gradient from hilltop to toe of the slope. Put
sediment basins, diversions, and other controls into place before stripping.
3.3.3 Stockpiling
Select stockpile location to avoid slopes, natural drainageways, and traffic routes. Re -spreading
is easier and more economical when topsoil is stockpiled in small piles located near areas where
they will be used.
• Sediment barriers—Use sediment fences or other barriers where necessary to retain
sediment.
• Temporary seeding—Protect topsoil stockpiles by temporarily seeding as soon as
possible, no more than 21 calendar days after the formation of the stockpile.

• Permanent vegetation—If stockpiles will not be used within 90 days they must be
stabilized with permanent vegetation to control erosion and weed growth.
3.3.4 Site Preparation (as needed)
Before spreading topsoil, establish erosion and sedimentation control practices such as
diversions, and berms as needed.
• Grading—Maintain grades on the areas to be topsoiled according to the approved plan
and do not alter them by adding topsoil.
• Limit of subsoil—Where the pH of the existing subsoil is 6.0 or less, or the soil is
composed of heavy clays, incorporate agricultural limestone in amounts recommended by
soil tests or specified for the seeding mixture to be used. Incorporate lime to a depth of at
least 2 inches by disking or raking.
• RougheningImmediately prior to spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by disking
or scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches, to ensure bonding of the topsoil and subsoil.
If no amendments have been incorporated, loosen the soil to a depth of at least 6 inches
before spreading topsoil.
3.3.5 Spreading Topsoil
Uniformly distribute topsoil to a minimum compacted depth of 2 inches. Do not spread topsoil
while it is frozen or muddy or when the subgrade is wet or frozen. Correct any irregularities in
the surface that result from topsoiling or other operations to prevent the formation of depressions
or water pockets. Compact the topsoil enough to ensure good contact with the underlying soil,
but avoid excessive compaction, as it increases runoff and inhibits seed germination. Light
packing with a roller is recommended where high -maintenance turf is to be established.
On slopes and areas that will not be mowed, the surface may be left rough after spreading
topsoil. A disk may be used to promote bonding at the interface between the topsoil and subsoil.
After topsoil application, follow procedures for seedbed preparation, taking care to avoid
excessive mixing of topsoil into the subsoil.
3.4 Permanent Seeding
3.4.1 Seedbed Requirements
Establishment of vegetation should not be attempted on sites that are unsuitable due to
inappropriate soil texture poor drainage, concentrated overland flow, or steepness of slope until
measures have been taken to correct these problems.
To maintain a good stand of vegetation, the soil must meet certain minimum requirements as a
growth medium. The existing soil should have these criteria:
• Enough fine-grained (silt and clay) material to maintain adequate moisture and nutrient
supply (available water capacity of at least .05 inches of water to 1 inch of soil).

• Sufficient pore space to permit root penetration.
• Sufficient depth of soil to provide an adequate root zone. The depth to rock or
impermeable layers such as hardpans should be 12 inches or more, except on slopes
steeper than 2:1 where the addition of soil is not feasible.
• A favorable pH range for plant growth, usually 6.0-6.5.
• Freedom from large roots, branches, stones, large clods of earth, or trash of any kind.
Clods and stones may be left on slopes steeper than 3:1 if they are to be hydroseeded.
If any of the above criteria are not meti.e., if the existing soil is too coarse, dense, shallow, or
acidic to foster vegetation—special amendments are required. The soil conditioners described
below may be beneficial.
3.4.2 Soil Conditioners
In order to improve the structure or drainage characteristics of a soil, the following materials may
be added. These amendments should only be necessary where soils have limitations that make
them poor for plant growth or for fine turf establishment.
• Peat: appropriate types are sphagnum moss peat, hypnum moss peat, reed -sedge peat, or
peat humus, all from fresh -water sources. Peat should be shredded and conditioned in
storage piles for at least 6 months after excavation.
• Sand: clean and free of toxic materials.
• Vermiculite: horticultural grade and free of toxic substances.
• Rotted manure stable or cattle manure not containing undue amounts of straw or other
bedding materials.
3.4.3 Seedbed Preparation
Complete grading according to the approved plan before seeding. Below are steps to take in
order to prepare the seedbed for planting.
Chisel compacted areas and spread topsoil 3 inched deep over adverse soil conditions, if
available.
2. Rip the entire area to 6 inches deep.

3. Remove all loose rock, roots, and other obstructions leaving surface reasonably smooth
and uniform.
4. Apply agricultural lime, fertilizer, and superphosphate uniformly and mix with soil.
5. Continue tillage until a well pulverized, firm reasonably uniform seedbed is prepared 4 to
6 inches deep.
6. Seed on a freshly prepared seedbed.
7. Mulch immediately after seeding and anchor mulch.
8. Apply lime and fertilizer (if needed) evenly and incorporate into the top 4-6 inches of
soil by disking or other suitable means. Operate machinery on the contour. When using a
hydroseeder, apply lime and fertilizer to a rough, loose surface.
9. Roughen surfaces. Complete seedbed preparation by breaking up large clods and raking
into a smooth, uniform surface. Fill in or level depressions that can collect water.
Broadcast seed into a freshly loosened seedbed that has not been sealed by rainfall.
3.4.4 Seeding
Seeding dates given in the seeding mixture specifications are designated as "best" or possible".
Seeding properly carried out within the "best" dates have a high probability of success. It is also
possible to have satisfactory establishment when seeding outside these dates. However, as you
deviate from them, the probability of failure increases rapidly. Seeding on the last date shown
under "possible" may reduce chances of success by 30-50%. Always take this into account in
scheduling land -disturbing activities. The following practices should be followed:
• Use certified seed for permanent seeding whenever possible. Certified seed is inspected
by the North Carolina Crop Improvement Association. It meets published North Carolina
Standards and should bear an official "Certified Seed" label.
• Labeling of non -certified seed is also required by law. Labels contain important
information on seed purity, germination, and presence of weed seeds. Seed must meet
State standards for content of noxious weeds. Do not accept seed containing "prohibited"
noxious weed seed.
• Apply seed uniformly with a cyclone seeder, drop -type spreader drill, cultipacker seeder,
or hydroseeder on a firm, friable seedbed.
• When using a drill or cultipacker seeder, plant small grains no more than 1 inch deep,
grasses and legumes no more than 1/2 inch. Equipment should be calibrated in the field
for the desired seeding rate.

• When using broadcast -seeding methods, subdivide the area into workable sections and
determine the amount of seed needed for each section. Apply one-half the seed while
moving back and forth across the area, making a uniform pattern; then apply the second
half in the same way, but moving at right angles to the first pass.
• Cover broadcast seed by raking or chain dragging; then firm the surface with a roller or
cultipacker to provide good seed contact.
3.4.5 Mulch
Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding. Select a material based on site and practice
requirements, availability of material, labor, and equipment. Before mulching, complete the
required grading, install sediment control practices, and prepare the seedbed. Apply seed before
mulching except in the following cases:
• Seed is applied as part of a hydroseeder slurry containing wood fiber mulch.
• A hydroseeder slurry is applied over straw.
3.4.6 Irrigation
Moisture is essential for seed germination and seedling establishment. Supplemental irrigation
can be very helpful in assuring adequate stands in dry seasons or to speed development of full
cover. Assess the need for irrigation when the seeding is conducted. Water application rates
must be carefully controlled to prevent runoff. Inadequate or excessive amounts of water can be
more harmful than no supplemental water.
3.4.7 Application of Organic Mulch
Organic mulches are effective where they can be tacked securely to the surface. Spread mulch
uniformly by hand, or with a mulch blower. When spreading straw mulch by hand, divide the
area to be mulched into sections of approximately 1,000 ft2, and place 70-90 lb of straw (1 1/2 to
2 bales) in each section to facilitate uniform distribution. After spreading mulch, no more than
25% of the ground surface should be visible. In hydroseeding operations, a green dye added to
the slurry assures a uniform application.
3.4.8 Anchoring Organic Mulch
Straw mulch must be anchored immediately after spreading using vegetation. Rye (grain) may
be used to anchor mulch in fall plantings, and German millet in spring. Broadcast at 15 lb/acre
before applying mulch.

3.4.9 Permanent Stabilization (typical recommendations)
Permanent stabilization is needed in graded or cleared areas subject to erosion and where a
permanent, long-lived vegetative cover is needed. Typically, disturbed portions of a site where
construction activities have permanently ceased will be stabilized with permanent seeding no
later than 14 days after the last construction activity. This method will not provide erosion
control cover or prevent soil slippage on soils that are not stable due to soil texture or structure,
water movement or excessively steep slopes. In some areas, it may be necessary to install
erosion or sediment control practices such as dikes, contour ripping, erosion stops, channel
liners, sediment basins, diversions, subsurface drainage, or other practices.
• Prior to seeding, 1,000 lbs/ac of a 12-12-12 or equivalent fertilizer and lime according to
soil test or in lieu of soil test, 4,000 lbs/ac of ground agricultural limestone shall be
worked into the soil to a depth of 3 inches.
• Seed should be applied uniformly at a depth of 1/4 to'/z inch with appropriate equipment.
Except on very flat slopes and ideal seeding conditions, small grain straw should be
applied at a rate of 3,000 to 4,000 lbs/ac using appropriate mulch anchoring techniques.
Other mulch materials can be used except under adverse conditions or steep slopes, grain
straw should be adequate.

4.0 Installer Specification
The system installer shall maintain Class IV Installer License with the North Carolina Onsite
Wastewater Contractor Inspector Certification Board (NCOWCICB). The system installer shall
have experience with installing large wastewater systems. Installer shall provide a minimum of
12 -month warranty on system installation. Warranty shall include correcting any settling around
tanks that allows water to pond.

5.0 Material and Component Specifications
Following are required system specifications. Contractor will be responsible to compensate
Engineer for time to determine equivalence to recommended products, revision of
drawings, etc. for other products suggested. Engineer maintains sole discretion in
determining equivalence.
5.1 Concrete Tanks (Septic Tanks, Flow Equalization Tank)
System installer to follow OSHA safety practices during excavation, setting and backfilling of
tanks. Tank excavations to be benched and/or sloped as needed or trench boxes shall be utilized.
Tanks are to be installed in natural soil only (in cut) and not in backfilled material. If non -
desirable material is encountered in tank excavation, it shall be removed and replaced (as -
needed) with compacted material. All tanks shall be installed level on minimum 6" gravel base
(#57 stone).
All concrete tanks are to be State approved tanks or specifically approved by a Professional
Engineer. Concrete used to manufacturer tanks to be a minimum of 5,000 psi concrete. Each
tank's wall penetration for either an inflow or outflow line shall have a cast in place rubber boot.
All tanks' seams (between adjoining tank sections) are to be sealed with 2 strips (side by side) of
1.25 in diameter butyl rubber sealant.
Tank sections shall ft together without having to "stack" strips of sealant. Tank sections shall be
"dry fit" to ensure the tanks sections mate properly. If during setting of the tank sections,
"daylight" is observed between tank sections, the tank will not be accepted for the project.
Following installation, tanks to be vacuum and water tested. The vacuum testing shall be
completed and documented by the tank supplier (manufacturer).
Vacuum Test 5 in Hg for 2 min with <0.5 drop in Hg
Backfill placed around tanks shall be either compacted soil or gravel. If compacted soil is
intended backfill method, tank hole shall be over -excavated by a minimum of two feet (2') in all
directions to facilitate use of compaction equipment. Mechanical compaction equipment, such as
a "jumping jack" or "sheeps foot" compactor is required. Compaction with an excavation bucket
or equipment wheel or tread is not acceptable.
The system installer shall water test the tanks after backfilling is completed. In addition, the test
shall be completed after the pipe penetrations and access risers have been installed. The water
level in the tank shall be filled to a minimum of 2" above the riser seam (connection to tank). A
passing test is required before the system installation will be accepted by the Certifying
Engineer. Passing criteria is as follows:
Water Test 10 gallons/ 1,000 gallons/24 hr period

Septic Tank #1
Concrete septic tank, traffic rated, 10,000 -gallon nominal capacity, tank interior dimensions 240"
x 120" x 62.5" (min), baffle wall with flow through holes, three access ports (min 20" diameter),
and 3 cast in place riser adapters to join to 24" diameter risers. Septic Tank #1 will contain one
8" cast in place rubber boot for the side inlet end (see design plans) and a 6" cast in place rubber
boot for the outlet located on the end wall of the tank. Tank shall withstand minimum 6' burial
depth.
Basis of Design: Shoaf Precast, Inc.; STB -2083 HS/20
Septic Tank #2
Concrete septic tank, traffic rated, 10,000 -gallon nominal capacity, tank interior dimensions 240"
x 120" x 62.5" (min), baffle wall with flow through holes, three access ports (min 20" diameter),
and 3 cast in place riser adapters to join to 2 - 24" diameter risers and 1 — 30" riser (located on
outlet end of tank). Septic Tank #2 will contain one 6" cast in place rubber boot for the inlet
(end wall) end (see design plans) and a 4" cast in place rubber boot for the outlet located on the
end wall of the tank. Tank shall withstand minimum 6' burial depth.
Basis of Design: Shoaf Precast, Inc.; STB -2083 HS/20
Flow Equalization Tank
Concrete septic tank, traffic rated, 10,000 -gallon nominal capacity, tank interior dimensions 240"
x 120" x 62.5" (min), baffle wall with flow through holes, dual biotube pump vault with simplex
pump and effluent filter in outlet compartment, one access port on inlet end of tank. Two access
ports (20" diameter) located on the outlet end of the tank. Three (3) cast in place riser adapters to
join to a 24" diameter riser, one 4" cast in place rubber boot for end wall inlet. No outlet boots
on tank. Tank shall withstand minimum 6' burial depth.
Basis of Design: Shoaf Precast, Inc.; PT -2092 HS/20
Riser Adapter
The riser adapter shall be constructed of ABS material and shall have a cross section in the shape
of an "L". The minimum horizontal distance of adapter (bottom of "L") shall be 2" and the
minimum vertical distance of adapter shall be 3.5". The outside diameter of flange (vertical
section that adapts to riser) shall have a distance of 23.38" for the 24" riser and 29.25" for the
30" riser. The riser adapter shall be embedded into tank so that 1.75" of vertical flange is
exposed (when using 3.5" tall flange).
Basis of Design: Orenco Systems, Inc.; PRTA 24 and 30 (riser adapter)
5.2 Access Risers and Lids
All risers shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications. Installed risers shall extend a
minimum of 6" above finished grade. Any penetrations through the riser wall shall be fitted with

either a grommet or the penetration shall use a bulk -head fitting. Electrical conduit shall be
sealed with duct seal.
Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank Risers
Risers for the septic tanks and flow equalization tank shall be 24" (with the exception of 30" on
Septic Tank #2 outlet end) diameter, ribbed PVC pipe. The riser shall be installed such that a
single piece riser is used at each access point. No splices, joints or sectional risers are allowed.
All field cuts shall be done with a circular (with guide) or "riser" saw. Finished cuts shall be
uniform and smooth and shall not have jagged edges. Riser pipes shall be sealed to the tank riser
adapter with single or two-part adhesive that is appropriate for joining PVC and ABS materials.
To facilitate the installation of the control floats and pump power cords, a junction box shall be
mounted on the each of the pump tank outlet risers. The junction box shall be mounted with a
grommet, bulk -head fitting or other water-resistant fitting. The hole for the junction box shall be
cut with a hole saw or grinder and shall leave the finished hole smooth and uniform. A "shop
vac" or equivalent means shall be used to reduce the quantity of "cut shavings" that fall into the
tank.
A safety net shall be installed in all risers of the tanks. The net shall use a 12 -point connection
system with minimum four connections installed with quick -release style connectors (locate over
filters).
Basis of Design: Orenco Systems, Inc.; Ultra-RibTM Access Riser RR24
Kor Flo® Access Riser RR30
(risers)
Orenco Systems, Inc.; ADH100 or MA 320 (sealant)
Orenco Systems, Inc.; SBEX4 (junction box)
Simtech Filter STF-N24, STF-N30 (safety net)
Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank — Riser Lids
The riser lid shall have a 24" diameter (with the exception of a 30" diameter on Septic Tank #2
outlet end) and consist of a solid fiberglass reinforced polyester resin. The lid shall be capable of
supporting a 2500 lb loading. The lid shall be manufactured with a poured in place gasket
(underside of lid). The top of lid shall be textured and secured using four (with the exception of
two on the 30" diameter riser) 5/16" stainless steel screws with a hex pattern head.
Basis of Design: Orenco Systems, Inc.; FLD24G (24" Riser Lid)
FLD30G (30" Riser Lid)
5.3 System Piping
All gravity (non -pressure) drainlines and pressure pipe used in project shall be SCH 40 PVC.
All pipe shall be installed with a minimum of 18" cover and shall be properly bedded in the
excavated trench bottom. Pipeline that will be exposed to vehicular traffic shall be buried with a
minimum cover of 36" or shall be sleeved or consist of ductile iron pipe. Where pipelines cross
a water channel, a minimum of 36" cover shall be maintained. When crossing a water line, the
sewer pipeline shall be a minimum of 18" below the water line (contact Engineer for additional

requirements if this condition cannot be met). All pressure pipe used shall be in 20' sticks with
bell ends.
All non -pressure drain line shall be SCH 40 PVC. Sweeping style elbows shall be used for non-
pressure situations.
All pressure lines to be pressure rated SCH 40 PVC. All pressure lines (2" in diameter and less)
to be cut with hand ratcheting style cutter or wheel style cutter. PVC saws shall not be used to
cut pressure pipe (<2"). Pressure line specifications follow this section.
5.4 Biotubeo Pump Vaults
An effluent filter shall be installed in each of the two outlet end risers of the flow equalization
tank within Biotube® Pump Vaults. The total vault height shall be 95 " and extend to a 2" block
resting on the tank floor. An inlet hole shall be positioned 19" from the base of the vault. The
effluent filters shall provide for 1/8" filtration and have a length of 18". Each filter shall be fitted
with an extendable handle that is brought to within 8" of the top of the access riser.
Basis of Design: Orenco Systems, Inc. PVU-95-18-19 (Pump Vault)
5.5 Flow Equalization Pumps
Two (2) submersible pumps shall be installed in the flow equalization tank. Each pump shall
have the following characteristics; submersible, 0.5 hp, 1.25" discharge, 240 volt, single phase,
60 hz, and a stainless steel and engineered plastic finish. The pumps shall have a minimum 24-
hour run -dry capability with no deterioration in pump life or performance and include a Minch
(3 -mm) bypass orifice to ensure flow recirculation for motor cooling and to prevent air bind
The pumps shall be CSA listed and capable of providing a flowrate of 30.0 gpm at 50' TDH.
The pumps shall be fitted with 20' (min) UL listed cord.
An "H" connection shall be installed between the two force mains. A ball valve shall be
installed on the connection. The valve shall be placed in a valve box.
Basis of Design: Orenco Systems, Inc. PF3005 12 - 20 (Pump)
5.6 Control Panels and Floats
One control panel shall be supplied and manufactured by a company with experience in building
wastewater control panels. The control panel shall be a TCOM panel and meet the requirements
of. 1952 c (6) and (7). The TCOM Panel shall also meet the requirements of Section V (e) and
(f) of the Flow Equalization Innovative Approval IWWS-2004-01. Panels shall be constructed to
have NEMA 4 enclosure as it will be located inside a building. Panels shall have short circuit
protection and individual circuit breakers. Each pump shall have hand -off -automatic (HOA)
switch, elapsed time meter and cycle counter, independent disconnect, short circuit protection,
run light, and individual breaker. Alarm circuit shall be ahead of any pump overload or short

circuit protective device. Control panels to have alarm light and horn. Panels are to control and
have landing space for multiple floats. Float arrangements for the flow equalization pumps,
recirculation pumps and discharge pumps are shown as follows:
Flow Equalization Floats (one set)
Float 1
Redundant Off
Float 2
Timer Enable
Float 3
Peak Enable
Float 4
High Water Alarm
Recirculation Floats (one set in each AX -Max Unit)
Float 1 Redundant Off/Timer Enable
Float 2 Peak Enable
Float 3
High Water Alarm
Discharge Floats (one set in each AX -Max Unit)
Float 1 Redundant Off/Low Level Alarm
Float 2 OFF Float
Float 3 ON Float/High Water Alarm (on delay)
The TCOM control panel shall be installed per system drawing and manufacturers specifications
(or approved equivalent). The TCOM control panel shall be installed inside the control building.
Panels shall be installed vertical, with the bottom of panel at 24" above grade. All conduit
penetrations shall be capped with duct seal. An electrical raceway shall be installed on the
control building exterior with one large pipe feeding the TCOM Panel.
All conduit to the panel and raceway shall be installed vertically and shall be one solid section of
conduit (not pieced).
Installer shall install all electrical fittings from the control panel to the tanks or treatment units.
All system wire installed in electrical conduit shall be buried to a minimum of 18". All buried
line not installed in conduit shall be rated for direct burial and be buried to a depth of 24".
Conduit that will be exposed to vehicular traffic shall be buried with a minimum cover of 36" or
shall run through ductile iron sleeve. Conduit shall be installed where the underground line
breaks the soil surface. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.
Qualified electrician or local power utility shall bring power to panel and energize panel.
Minimum wire size is defined in the design drawings.
Basis of Design: Orenco Systems, Inc. TCOM Panel
5.7 AX -Max Treatment Unit
The treatment unit shall be 42 ft in length with a width of 90 inches. The exterior height of the
treatment unit shall be 97 inches. The maximum dry weight of the treatment unit shall not
exceed 12,000 lbs. The treatment unit shall provide 275 square feet of treatment area. The

treatment unit shall allow for a partial burial depth with a 24-48" exposure height. The treatment
unit shall be segregated into a recirculation blend chamber and a final discharge chamber. The
treatment unit shall be delivered fully assembled including the required pumps and floats.
Basis of Design:
5.8 Headworks
Orenco Systems, Inc. AX -Max 42-275
The system headworks will be installed in the control building. The following components shall
be installed in the final discharge line:
- Spin Filter with controlled flushing port
- Globe valve for flow control
- Flowmeter with read/recording functionality by the system control panel
- Final Filtration (5 micron filter)
- UV Disinfection (see below)
- Air/Vacuum Relief Valve
Venturi Aspirator
- Sampling Port
The headworks components shall be mounted securely to the control building wall. Sufficient
unions shall be installed in the discharge line to allow for the maintenance or replacement of the
individual components.
Basis of Design:
Spin Filter
Globe Valve
Flowmeter
Filter
UV Disinfection
Air/Vacuum Valve
Venturi Aspirator
5.9 Ultraviolet (UV) Disinfection
GeoFlow
Asahi
Netafim
FlowMax
see below
Netafim
Mazzei
AP4E-2F
2" socket
1.5" M w/Register
FM -BB -20-5
65ARIS 1
1.5" 1584
Two (2) UV disinfection units shall be located on the final discharge line. The units shall be
placed in series operation. The units shall be wall mounted inside the control building. The UV
unit shall be capable of handling a 40 gpm discharge flow. Each UV unit shall have the
following characteristics; 2" inlet and outlet ports, 120 volt, 60 Hz frequency, 1.17 amp draw,
power consumption of 140 watts and not exceed 50 lbs in weight. The UV Unit shall be fitted
with a site port for indication of lamp operability. An external sensor (lamp status alarm) shall
be mounted on the site port to monitor the lamp operation. The sensor shall have an output to
connect to the main control panel and also be powered with 120 volt plug.
Basis of Design: Sanitron S2400C (Disinfection Unit)
Sanitron Steralert (external sensor)

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE FOR
WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
INSTALLATION SPECFICIATIONS
1.1 SCOPE
A. This section is a minimum guideline for furnishing and the installation of
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe and fittings for lines with hydraulic pressure.
B. Pipe shall be furnished complete with all fittings, specials, and other
accessories.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards (as applicable)
1. ANSI/AWWA C605, Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride
(PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water, latest revision.
B. Manufacture.
1. All PVC pipe for a project/development shall be supplied by one
manufacturer.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Handling.
1. Do not drop pipe or fittings including dropping on cushions.
2. Do not use hooks.
3. Polyvinyl chloride pipe has reduced flexibility and impact resistance as
temperatures approach and drop below freezing. Extra care should be used
in handling and installing PVC pipe during cold weather.
4. Care must be taken to prevent damage to the pipe and fittings by
impact, bending, compression, or abrasion.
B. Storage.
1. Store and use solvents and glue in a manner which will avoid
contamination.
2. Pipe shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications.
3. Pipe shall be stored on a surface which provides even support for the
pipe barrel.
4. Pipe which exhibits excessive ultraviolet deterioration and cracking
which in the opinion of the Engineer and/or the N.C. Division of Water
Quality degrades the pipe quality shall not be used.

PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE - SLIP JOINT
A. General. All PVC pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA
Standard C900.
B. Pipe joints shall be made using an integral bell with push -on type joint or using
couplings of a sleeve type and smooth cut pipe ends to forma push -on type joint.
C. All sizes of pipe under these specifications shall be pressure class as shown on
the plans.
D. Each length of pipe shall be a standard laying length of 20 feet (20') unless
field conditions or connections dictate that a shorter length be used. If a vendor of
choice does not readily carry 20 foot lengths then another vendor should be
sought. Lengths less than 20 feet can be used only if primary local vendors note
that this length is unavailable.
2.5 FITTINGS AND COUPLINGS
All fittings and couplings shall be of the same class and material as the pipe used for the
project. Each fitting should be inspected for damage and cleaned (if necessary) prior to
use. Fittings with excessive abrasions, damage or dirt where pipe connections will be
made should be discarded.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. PVC pipe which has any of the following visual defects will not be accepted:
1. Pipe which is sufficiently out -of -round to prohibit proper joining.
2. Fractured, cracked, chipped, dented, abrasions, or otherwise damaged
pipe.
3. Pipe that has been damaged during shipment or handling. Acceptance of
the pipe at point of delivery will not relieve the Contractor of full
responsibility for any defects in material of the completed pipeline.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Trenching, backfilling, and compaction.
1. Trenching shall be performed such that soil cover over the pipe is a minimum
of 18 inches.
2. Pipe should be placed on native soil or soil that it well compacted using a
tamping rod or a mechanical tamper.
3. Fill should be placed over the pipe ONLY AFTER required testing has been

performed. Fill shall be well compacted over the pipe and approximately 2 to 4
inches of soil shall be mounded over the trench to allow for subsequent settling.
B. Cutting the pipe.
1. Cut pipe smooth, straight and at right angles to the pipe axis with saws or
pipe cutters designed specifically for the material.
2. Remove burrs and wipe off all dust from the jointing surfaces.
3. Do not disturb previously installed joints during cutting operations.
C. Field Joints.
1. Use push -on joints for buried pipe except where indicated otherwise on
the plans.
a. Dirt, oil, grit, and other foreign matter shall be removed from the
inside of the bell, outside of the spigot, and where other pipe connections
are to be made.
b. All joints shall be cleaned with a solvent PVC cleaner prior to joining.
c. Joints shall be glued using an acceptable PVC glue that will provide a
water -tight joint at a pressure of 100 psi.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. All joints shall be watertight and free from leaks.
B. Test all pipe under drives, sidewalks and similar crossings prior to covering pipe.
Pipe that is buried less with less than 3 feet of cover under such crossings shall be sleeved with
PVC or ductile iron pipe that is two (2) times the diameter of the working pipe.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Pipe Leakage Tests.
1. When the supply line length exceeds 500', prior to filling in trenches with soil, the pipe
shall be tested by pressurizing the pipe to 50 psi or 1.5 times the operating pressure of the
pump, whichever is greater AND BELOW the maximum line pressure rating for the pipe
used.
2. This pressure shall be held on the pipe for 10 min with no leakage.
3. If the leakage exceeds this amount then the pipe shall be visually inspected
and any leaking joints shall be replaced. Once this is complete the pipe shall be
re -tested.

5. Design Basis - Component Selection

Design Basis - Component Selection
Septic and Flow Equalization Tank Sheets
Access Riser Adapters
Tank Risers
External Splice Box
Riser Lids
Safety Nets
Effluent Filter
Bio -Tube Pump Vaults
Flow Equalization, Discharge & Re -circulation Pumps
AX -Max Treatment Unit
UV Disinfection Unit
Headworks Components
Control Panel

Septic and Flow Equalization Tank Sheets

--NOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN-PLACE
ORENCO RISER
ADAPTER &
20' OPENING
10.0" -
8,
8.0" -
NTS
766 4" PIPE ❑N INLET END
-.01
C:jo.0
240.0"
east In Place Orenco Riser Adapters Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
VENT (TYP. 2
:. 4 0, 21.5"
34.5"
,
0„
>
FLOW THRDUG
6'0' 28.0"
(TYP. 7)
156.0"
o n<
78.0"
8.01—
0"
-.0"
83.0"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO BOTTOM OF 4" INLET
SHOAF -10,000 GAL. PUMP TANK
HS/20 TRAFFIC RATED
NC APPROVAL # PT -2092
SHOAF PRECAST INC.
4130 W US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
www.shoafprecast.com
NOTES:
- FULL CAPACITY -10,211 GAL.
- GAL. PER INCH -121.56
- 2:1 LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO
- PIPE PENETRATION SEALS MEET ASTM C-923
-1 4' BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOINTS
- REINFORCED PER ENGINEER SPECS
- CONCRETE - 5,000 PSI MIN.
- TANK WEIGHT -102,350 #
-TOP - 42,150 #
-BOTTOM - 40,100 #
-RISER SECTION - 20,000 #
Cast In Place Oren.. Riser Adapters 10.0"
I
30.0 O
1 VENT (TYP. 2) r4
lOIA° 341,5y+:1 8 I0"
3 15 I`�.I ELO TYP• 7)UG 11 8A1
8.01 ' 120.0" 8�A"
1360"

""OT SE 24'
CAST -IN-PLACE
ORENCO RISER
ADAPTER
F—CAST—IN—PLACE RUBBER BOOT
FOR 8® PIPE ON SIDE INLET
(NO CONCRETE KNOCKOUTS)
256.0"
'11)_�IFTING ANCHORS
(TYP. 4)
L — Orerrto Et'
�a
2 ,
240.0"
- 6.0"
CAST—IN—PLACE RUBBER BOOT
FOR 6" PIPE ON OUTLET
SHOAF - 10,000 GAL. SEPTIC TANK
HS/20 TRAFFIC RATED
NC APPROVAL # STB -2083
SHOAF PRECAST INC.
4130WUSHWY64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
www.shoafprecast.com
- GAL. PER INCH - 121.56
- 2 TO 1 LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO
- PIPE PENETRATION SEALS MEET ASTM C-923
-14" BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOINTS
-REINFORCED PER ENGINEER SPECS
- CONCRETE - 5,000 PSI MIN.
- TANK WEIGHT - 106,000 #
- TOP - 40,000 #
- BOTTOM - 40,000 #
- RISER SECTION - 26,000 #
256.0"
240.0"
10,0 Cast in Place Drenco Riser Adapters Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
VENT CTYP, 230.0' '•`,` to^ AIRSPACE — — —
4,0„ 21.5"
4"
83" LIQUID LEVEL'
43.5" ?, 4.0" 43.5
93.0" 111.0"
0 0 0 0 O O O3FLOW THRUG
(TYP. 9) 9 91,0"
77
l.'
`.39.0" 39,0"
28.0" 37,5
4+
8.0" 156.0' 78.0' 8,0" 8.0" 120.0'
6.0" 136.0"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO BOTTOM OF 6" OUTLET
—BOTTOM OF TANK TO BOTTOM OF 8" INLET
NTS NOTE: ACTUAL INLET L❑CATI❑N IS IN SIDE OF TANK;
SHOWN ON END HERE FOR CLARITY
10.0"
8.0"
—8.01

256.0'
--NOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN-PLACE
EIRENCE) RISER --- --NOTE-USE 30'
ADAPTER CAST -IN-PLACE
DRENCE! RISER
ADAPTER
�IFTING ANCHORS
(TYP, 4) 7
120.0' 136V
6.0'
240.0'
!AST! -IN-PLACE RUBBER BOOT CAST -IN-PLACE RUBBER BOOT]
FOR 6' PIPE ON INLET END FOR 4® PIPE ON OUTLET END
SHOAF - 10,000 GAL. SEPTIC TANK
HS/20 TRAFFIC RATED
NC APPROVAL # STB -2083
SHOAF PRECAST INC.
4130 W US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
www.shoafprecast.com
- GAL. PER INCH - 121.56
- 2 TO 1 LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO
- PIPE PENETRATION SEALS MEET ASTM C-923
-1 4' BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOINTS
-REINFORCED PER ENGINEER SPECS
CONCRETE - 5,000 PSI MIN.
TANK WEIGHT - 106,000 #
- TOP - 40,000 #
- BOTTOM - 40,000 #
RISER SECTION - 26,000 #
256.0'
240.0'
100,
10.01
Cast In Place Orenco Riser Adapters
Cast In Place Drenco Riser Adapters
A7�[-
VENT (TYP, 2
21,5
30.0':'A. 10" AIRSPACE
43.5
4.0
83" LID U D LEVEL
43.5
93.0'
93.0ff
9 'Off
FLOW THROUG
88.0ff
111.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(TYP. 9)
34.0'
39.0'
28.0'
37.5
8.01
8.01
HBO
156.0' 78.0'
8.0ff 120.0'
8.01
6.0'
136.Off
TTOM OF
TANK TO BOTTOM OF 6" INLET
NTS
BOTTOM OF TANK TO BOTTOM
OF 4" OUTLET ­j

Access Riser Adapters

PRTA ABS Tank Adapters
Applications
PRTA tank adapters are used to provide a structural, watertight method
of installing a 24 -or 30 -inch (600- or 750 -mm) access riser over a tank
opening.
General
Orenco's PRTA tank adapters are molded plastic products and there-
fore have excellent part -quality and consistency. PRTA tank adapters
can be cast into a tank or fastened to the top of the tank with a bolt -
down kit. The bolt -down kit consists of either six or twelve (depending
on model) stainless steel concrete anchors and a roll of butyl tape.
The O.D. of the vertical flange matches the I.D. of Orenco's ribbed
risers, which provides a suitable joint to seal with MA320, ADH100,
SS115, or SS140 adhesive.
Standard Models
PRTA24,PRTA30
PRTA24BDKIT (6 anchors), PRTA30BDKIT (12 anchors)
Product Code Diagram
PRTA �0
I Riser diameter
24 = 24" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib, KOR FLO)
30 = 30" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib)
ABS riser tank adapter
Materials of Construction
Tank adapter
ABS
Concrete anchors
Stainless steel anchor bolts
Sealant
Butyl tape
Specifications
Dimensions*
PRTA24
PRTA30
A - Outside dia., in. (mm)
23.38 (594)
29.25 (743)
B - Flange dia., in. (mm)
26.75 (679)
34.25 (870)
C - Horizontal flange width, in. (mm)
2.00 (51)
2.50 (64)
D - Vertical flange height, in. (mm)
3.50 (89)
3.25 (83)
"The tank adapter has a nominal 0.25 inch (6 mm) thickness
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-PRTA-1
Rev. 1.1, ® 09/14
Page 1 of 1

PVC Riser Installation
Installing PVC Access Risers onto Cast -In Orenco® Riser -Tank Adapters
Access risers provide access to septic tank openings, simplifying inspection and maintenance procedures. Access riser -to -tank connections
must be watertight for the proper functioning of an onsite septic system or effluent sewer system. Orenco strongly recommends watertightness
testing of all access riser -to -tank connections after installation.
Following are instruction sets for prepping and installing access risers, installing grommets, and selecting adhesives for riser installations.
Refer to the chart below to determine which instruction set to use.
InstructionSet................................................................................ Page
1. Riser Preparation..................................................................................1
2. Grommet Installation............................................................................... 2
3. Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters................................................................. 3
4. Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24, PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters .................... 4
5. Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24 -inch -Diameter (600 -mm) Risers ................................... 5
6. Riser Watertightness Testing.......................................................................... 6
7. Adhesive Selection and Quantities...................................................................... 7
Instruction Set 1: Riser Preparation
Step 1: Determine Riser Height
Determine how high the riser needs to be.
The top of the riser should be about 3 inches (75 mm) above finished grade
after installation and backfilling —This allows 2 inches (50 mm) for tank
settling and 1 inch (25 mm) for ensuring drainage away from the riser.
Step 2: Cut Riser to Size (if Necessary)
If the riser needs to be cut to size, cut it with a circular saw or table saw.
• Always cut excess length from the bottom of the riser.
• For square, even cuts, a good fit, and a watertight joint between the riser
and the adapter, use an Orenco riser -cutting saw guide.
• To install risers less than 30 inches (760 mm) wide onto 500 -gallon
(2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks, cut the riser so it fits into the tank and the
lowest rib rests on the tank's top, as shown.
Step 3: Dry Fit Riser to Adapter
Step 3a: Dry fit the riser to the adapter.
• Make sure riser penetrations are the right sizes and in the correct locations.
Step 3b: If the riser is higher than 3 inches (75 mm) above the estimated final
grade, cut it to size per the instructions in Step 2.
Step 3c: If the riser is too short, use an Orenco grade ring to extend it.
Riser prep for 500 -gal. (2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 4.1, ® 11/16
Page 1 of 7

Instruction Set 2: Grommet Installation
Step 1: Mark Access Riser
Step 1a: Use the site plans or drawings to find out if riser penetrations are needed.
Step 1 b: Use the plans or drawing to mark the locations of the penetrations.
• If plans or drawings aren't available, use Drawing 1 b as a general guide
for locating riser penetrations.
Step 2: Drill Holes and Clean Access Riser
Step 2a: Drill holes for riser penetrations.
• If you have questions about where to locate various riser penetrations,
contact your Distributor for more information.
Using Orenco® RKHS Hole Saws ...
Cut the hole and grind the ribs down to make a flat, smooth surface for
installing the grommet.
• Make sure your hole saw is the correct size and your drill is at least 18 volts.
• Don't grind too deeply — about 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) is deep enough.
Using Standard Hole Saws ...
1: Use the correctly sized hole saw to cut a hole, centered on the mark.
2: Trim the riser ribs back 1 inch (25 mm) from around the hole.
• Use a grinder or cutting tool to notch the ribs through to the riser wall.
• Use a hammer and chisel to break off the notched rib sections.
• Use a grinder to make a flat, smooth surface around the hole.
Step 2b: Clean and deburr the hole and flat surface with a wire brush and
deburring knife or tool.
• Be careful not to enlarge the penetration.
Step 3: Install Grommet
Step 3a: Apply a bead of adhesive to the groove in the grommet's outer diameter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 8.
Step 3b: Firmly press the grommet into the penetration.
Grommet Hole Sizing Guide
Grommet size, inches (nominal IPS pipe size)
Hole saw size
1/2
1
3/4
1-1/4
1
1-9/16
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-1/2
2-1/8
2
2-3/4
3
3-7/8
4
5
For more information on grommet dimensions and actual pipe O.D., see the Orenco Technical Data
Sheet for grommets, NTD-RLA-PG-1
Grommet for
splice box
(at 12 o'clock)
Grommet for
discharge assembly
(at 3 or 9 o'clock)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 4.1, m 11/16
Page 2 of 7

Cutaway view of Orenco® PRTA24-2, cast into
concrete tank with 24 -inch (600 -mm) access
riser attached
Instruction Set 3:
Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter Channel and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the adapter channel and the bottom surfaces of the riser
with sandpaper.
Step 1 b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the channel and the
bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The channel must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Adhesive
Fill the channel with methacrylate adhesive.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 8.
Note: If you're using a methacrylate adhesive that's non -self -leveling, use
enough to fully fill the channel, with no voids in the adhesive.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the bottom of the riser into the channel.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
• If the inside seam is not completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete
fillet.
Step X Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the inside seam.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT. Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12 -in, (300 -mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Test the riser -to -tank connections for watertightness by following Instruction
Set 6 in this document.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 4.1, © 11/16
Page 3 of 7

Instruction Set 4:
Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24,
PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the adapter and riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1 b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the bonding
surfaces of the adapter and the riser.
• The bonding surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the outside of the adapter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 8.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the riser onto the adapter until the bottom of the riser is
resting on the concrete (cast -in adapters) or the adapter flange (bolted -down
adapters).
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
Step X Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the inside of the access
riser -adapter joint.
Step 3d: Use a putty knife, tongue depressor, or clean shop rag to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of the access riser -adapter joint.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT. Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12 -in. (300 -mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
31d
A
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 4.1, m 11/16
Page 4 of 7

�3b
3b
Cross-section detail of adhesive fillet
on inside seam of 1000 -gal. (3785-L)
tank with 24 -inch (600 -mm) riser
Cross-section detail of adhesive
fillet on outside seam of 500 -gal.
(1890-L) tank with 24 -inch
(600 -mm) riser
Instruction Set 5:
Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24 -inch -
Diameter (600 -mm) Risers
Step 1: Prep Tank and Riser
Step 1 a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1 b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the roughened tank
surface and the bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply methacrylate adhesive to the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 8.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Press the riser into position
• For 1000 -gal. through 2000 -gal. tanks (3785-L through 75701), firmly press
the riser onto the tank opening
• For 500 -gal. (1890-L) tanks, firmly press the riser into the tank opening.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and create a good bond.
• If the seams aren't completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete fillet.
Step 3c: Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the seams.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT. Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12 -in. (300 -mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 4.1, © 11/16
Page 5 of 7

Instruction Set 6: Riser Watertightness Testing
IMPORTANT: A watertight tank and watertight riser -to -tank connections are
critical for the wastewater system to function effectively and efficiently.
Step 1: Prep for Test
Step 1 a: Make sure the adhesive seams have set and the tank has been backfilled
according to the manufacturer's instructions — typically to the tank's midpoint,
Step 1 b: Plug the inlet (and outlet, if present) of the tank with watertight plugs.
Step 1c: Fill the tank with water to a level 2 inches (51 mm) into the riser.
Step 2: Test Watertightness MM
Step 2a: Wait for the required time before inspecting the riser -to -tank
connections for leakage.
• Follow the tank manufacturer's recommendations (or applicable local regula-
tions) for wait times before inspecting the tank for leaks.
• Orenco recommends at least 30 minutes for its fiberglass tanks.
Step 2b: Check for any drop in the liquid level inside of the riser and any visible
leakage from the riser -to -tank connections.
• At the end of the test, there should be no drop in liquid level and no visible
leakage from seams, pinholes, or other imperfections.
• If leaks are found during the test, seal the leaks and repeat the test,
Step 2c: Once the riser -to -tank connections are proven watertight, remove the
plug(s) and drop the water level in the tank to just below the invert of the inlet or
outlet, whichever is lower.
Watertightness test
Access riser
Fill the tank to a
level 2 in. (51 mm)
into the riser
y 2 in.
Tank brim (51 mm)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 4.1, © 11/16
Page 6 of 7

Instruction Set 7: Adhesive Selection and Quantities
Use the table below to select the correct adhesive and quantity for your grommet or riser installation(s). Be sure to check the expiration
date on the adhesive package. If the adhesive is expired, do not use it to install Orenco components.
Note: Before installing a riser on an Orenco riser -tank adapter with an adhesive not recommended in the table below, contact your
Distributor or Orenco.
Component
Adhesive Type and Approximate Usage
SA530 SA510 MA320
300/300 -mL cartridge 300/300 -mL cartridge 7 -oz (200 -mL)
(600 -mL total) (600 -mL totaD packet
IN 810
1 -pint (473 -mL)
1 -quart (946 -mL)
ADH100
10.2 -oz (300 -mL) tube
Grommets
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
various quantities
Riser Tank
FRTA36
1 cartridge'
1 cartridge'
n/a
n/a
n/a
Adapters
PRTA24
Y2 cartridge'
Y2cartddge'
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
PRTA24-2
>_ Y2 cartridge'
>_ Y2 cartridge'
n/a
< 1 pint
n/a
PRTA30
< 1 cartridge'
< 1 cartridge'
2 packets
n/a
2 tubes
RRFTA24
Y2 cartridge`
Y2cartddge'
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
RRFTA30
1 cartridge"
1 cartridge*
2 packets
n/a
n/a
. Indicates preferred adhesive for this application
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 4.1, © 11/16
Page 7 of 7

Tank Risers

Access Risers — Ultra -Rib'""
Applications
Orenco's Access Risers provide access to septic tank openings and
can be cast into the tops of concrete tanks, bonded in place, or bolted
down using a riser tank adaptor. They can also be used as valve
enclosures.
Materials of Construction
Ultra -Rib TIM PVC Pipe: PVC
Specifications
General
Orenco Ultra -Rib T' Access Risers are constructed of ribbed PVC pipe
and are available in 12-, 18-, 21-, and 24 -in. diameters. They can be
ordered in 3 -in. (76.2 -mm) increments in lengths up to 13 ft (3.96 m)
for 12- and 18 -in. diameter risers, and up to 14 ft
(4.27 m) for 21- and 24 -in. diameter risers. Orenco Ultra -Rib riser
pipe is also available in truckload quantities. A complete line of Orenco
pipe -cutting tools makes it easy to fabricate risers in your shop or in
the field
Standard Models
RR12XX, RU18XX, RR21XX, RR24XX
Produ
R❑[
ct Code Diagram
]❑+❑+❑
Riser diameter:
12 = 12 -in. (300 -mm)*
18 = 18 -in. (450 -mm)*
21 = 21-in.(525-mm)
24 = 24 -in. (600 -mm)
I Riser type code:
R = 12 -in. (300 -mm), 21 -in. (525 -mm), and 24 -in. (600 -mm) diameters
U = 18 -in. (450 -mm) diameter
PU = bulk Ultra-RibTPA pipe, all diameters
Riser, Ultra -Rib"'
* Not intended for use over pump vaults
r Requires minimum 18 -in. (457 -mm) riser height
I For Class I Division I environments
Model
RR12XX
RU18XX
Tischarge grommet option, in. (mm):
RR24XX
I.D., in. (mm)
11.74 (298)
Blank = no discharge grommet
20.50 (521)
23.50 (597)
Wall Thickness - excluding ribs, in. (mm)
10 = 1 (25)
0.19(5)
0.25(6)
0.25(6)
12 = 11/4(32)
13.13 (334)
19.44 (494)
22.63 (575)
15 = 1 Yz (38)
Weight, lbs per ft (kg per m)
5(7.4)
11 (16.4)
20 = 2 (50)
19 (28.3)
Splice
box grommet or splice box options (choose one):
Blank
= no grommet or splice box
or
S
= grommet installed,1-in. (25 -mm), fits SB1-SB4
L
= grommet installed,lYa-in. (32 -mm), fits SB5-SB6
SX
= hole drilled for Orenco® external splice boxt
or
S1
= grommet and SB1 internal splice box installed
S2
= grommet and SB2 internal splice box installed
S3
= grommet and SB3 internal splice box installed
S4
= grommet and SB4 internal splice box installed
L5
= grommet and SB5 internal splice box installed
L6
= grommet and SB6 internal splice box installed
or
XS
= grommet and simplex explosion -proof splice box installed=
XD
= grommet and duplex explosion -proof splice box installed=
XT
= grommet and triplex explosion -proof splice box installed$
Riser height in inches (3 -in. increments standard)
Riser diameter:
12 = 12 -in. (300 -mm)*
18 = 18 -in. (450 -mm)*
21 = 21-in.(525-mm)
24 = 24 -in. (600 -mm)
I Riser type code:
R = 12 -in. (300 -mm), 21 -in. (525 -mm), and 24 -in. (600 -mm) diameters
U = 18 -in. (450 -mm) diameter
PU = bulk Ultra-RibTPA pipe, all diameters
Riser, Ultra -Rib"'
* Not intended for use over pump vaults
r Requires minimum 18 -in. (457 -mm) riser height
I For Class I Division I environments
Model
RR12XX
RU18XX
RR21XX
RR24XX
I.D., in. (mm)
11.74 (298)
17.65 (448)
20.50 (521)
23.50 (597)
Wall Thickness - excluding ribs, in. (mm)
0.10(3)
0.19(5)
0.25(6)
0.25(6)
O.D. - including ribs, in. (mm)
13.13 (334)
19.44 (494)
22.63 (575)
25.63 (651)
Weight, lbs per ft (kg per m)
5(7.4)
11 (16.4)
15 (22.3)
19 (28.3)
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-RR-2
Rev. 2.2, © 08/14
Page 1 of 1

Access Risers - Kor Floes
Applications
Orenco's Access Risers provide access to septic tank openings and
can be cast into the tops of concrete tanks, bonded in place, or
installed using a riser tank adaptor. They can also be used as valve
enclosures.
General
Kor Flo° Access Risers are constructed of 30 -in. (750 -mm) nominal
diameter ribbed PVC pipe. Risers are available in heights corresponding
to the pipe ribs' spacing. Kor-Flo risers have bolt catches that allow an
Orenco fiberglass lid to be secured to them.
Standard Model
RR30XX
Product Code Diagram
RR 3o❑+❑+❑
TDischarge grommet option, in. (mm):
Blank = no discharge grommet
10 = 1 (25)
12 = 11/4(32)
15 = 1 Yz (38)
20 = 2 (50)
Splice box grommet or splice box options (choose one):
Blank = no grommet or splice box
or
S = grommet installed,l-in. (25 -mm), fits SB1-SB4
L = grommet installed,lY4-in. (32 -mm), fits SB5-SB6
SX = hole drilled for Orenco® external splice box*
or
S1 = grommet and SB1 internal splice box installed
S2 = grommet and SB2 internal splice box installed
S3 = grommet and SB3 internal splice box installed
S4 = grommet and SB4 internal splice box installed
L5 = grommet and SB5 internal splice box installed
L6 = grommet and SB6 internal splice box installed
or
XS = grommet and simplex explosion -proof splice box installed**
XD = grommet and duplex explosion -proof splice box installed**
XT = grommet and triplex explosion -proof splice box installed**
Riser height in inches (2 -in. increments standard)
30 -inch (750 -mm) riser diameter:
Ribbed Riser, Kor-Flo®
Requires minimum 18 -in. (457 -mm) riser height
** For Class I Division I environments
Material of Construction
Pipe:
PVC
Specifications
Dimensions
Model RR30
I.D
29.50 in. (750 mm)
O.D. including ribs
32.13 in. (816 mm)
Rib spacing
2 in. (51 mm)
Weight
18 Ib/ft (27 kg/m)
Kor Flo® is a trademark of Royal Municipal Solutions
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-RR-5
Rev. 1.3, ° 08/14
Pagel oft

External Splice Box

External Splice Box
Applications
The Orenco° External Splice Box attaches outside the access riser of an
underground tank. It is engineered specifically for water and wastewater
treatment systems and is especially suited for use in locations prone to
high groundwater and other wet conditions. Its separate conduit hubs,
large volume, and optional dividers make it useful for maintaining isolation
of high and low voltage wires where needed. It has four cord grips which
accommodate power cords for floats and pumps of 0.170 - 0.470 inches
(4.3 -11.9 mm) in diameter. Unused cord grips can be plugged watertight
with the supplied cord grip plugs. Each External Splice Box is provided with
a hole -cutting template to simplify installation on the riser and a 4 -inch
(100 -mm) diameter grommet for the riser penetration.
General
To specify the Orenco External Splice Box for your installation, require the
following:
• Watertight for prolonged submergence per UL listing (Type 6P)
• Attachment external to access riser to allow inspection with no need
to open the riser lid
• Volume of 100 in .3 (1639 cm3) for easy wiring access and to
accommodate multiple wiring configurations
• Bottom entry, so conduit or direct -bury cable always remains below
minimum burial depth
• Molded of UL (f1) rated plastic, resistant to cold and UV exposure,
suitable for external applications
• Optional divider plates available for isolating high and low voltage
wires from separate conduits or direct -bury cable
Standard Models
SBEX1-4, SBEXI -4-P
Product Code Diagram
SBEX1-4 - 0
TBlank = no divider plates
P = divider plates
External splice box
The External Splice Box is molded of a UL (f1) rated
UL PVC alloy. It has a UL Type 6P listing for prolonged
submergence.
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-SBEX-1
Rev. 1.2, © 09/14
Page 1 of 2

W LW1r1 I I I I LW76 I IN ■ I I K41 IV
Physical Specifications Materials of Construction
Volume
100 in.3 (1639 cm3)
Splice box
PVC alloy
Cord grips
4 per SBEX
Cord grips
Nylon
Cord grip plugs
3 per SBEX
Cord grip plugs
EPDM rubber
Cord diameters 0.170- 0.470 in. (4.3 -11.9 mm) 0 -rings Buna rubber
accommodated Conduit hub plug PVC per ASTM D-1784
Conduit hubs 2 4 -in. (100 -mm) grommet' EPDM rubber
Conduit hub plug 1 ' Grommet not shown in illustration below
Conduit sizes 3/a in.,1 in. (with coupling), 1/2 in. (with fitting or bell end)
accommodated
Dia. of hole into riser 5 in. (127 mm), hole -cutting template included
5.24 in.(133 mm)
Threaded
cap - 8.25 in. (133 mm)
4.5 in.
(114 mm)
r
0
I
Cord grip Cord grips Cord grip Optional Conduit Optional
plugs (3) (4) plate divider hubs (2) divider
Conduit
hub plug (1)
NTD-SBEX-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 1.2, © 09/14
Page 2 of 2

Riser Lids

DuraFiber'"" Access Lids
Applications
Orenco° DuraFibe(' Access Lids provide a secure, damage -resistant cov-
ering for ribbed PUC and HDPE risers, pump basins, and access ports. They
are not recommended for vehicular traffic. 30 -inch (750 -mm) DuraFiber
lids are not compatible with 30 -inch (750 -mm) RLA Riser -Lid -Adapters or
30 -inch (750 -mm) Perma-LoCTI pipe. For these products, use Orenco's
FLF-Series lids.
General
DuraFiber Access Lids are constructed of resin -infused fiberglass fabrics
for extreme durability and damage resistance, with breaking strengths in
excess of 20,000 pounds (9,000 kg).
They feature flat -style flanges for easier access, allowing clean, flush -to -
grade installations. They have cored centering rings for aligning lids with
risers. And they also have urethane gaskets to help provide watertight seals.
DuraFiber Lids feature a non-skid surface for better grip and aesthetics, a
molded -in caution statement, and room for a customer logo. They come
with four 516 -inch stainless steel flathead socket cap screws and a hex
key wrench.
Durafiber Lids are available with optional insulation, installed at the factory
or in kits that can be installed in the field.
Standard Models
FLD24G, FLD24GATX, FLD24GW, FLD30G, FLD30GATX, FLD30GW
Product Code Diagram
FLD❑0❑❑❑
Tolor and logo options:
Blank= green color lid
B = brown color lid
C = custom logo
ATX = AdvanTeO logo
W = warning label
Insulation:*
Blank = no insulation
12 = 2 -inch (50 -mm) insulation installed
14 = 4 -inch (100 -mm) insulation installed
Vent and filter options:
Blank = no vent or filter options
V —vent
CF = carbon filter
Gasket options:
G = gasket (standard)
Blank= no gasket
I Lid diameter, in. (mm):
24 = 24 (600)
30 = 30 (750)
DuraFiber" fiberglass lid
* Insulation has an R -value of 10 per 2 -inch (50 -mm) increment.
Materials of Construction:
Lid
Fiberglass reinforced polyester
Gasket
Urethane
B
0
Structural foam
0
Mounting hardware
-�
C
_I
Materials of Construction:
Lid
Fiberglass reinforced polyester
Gasket
Urethane
Centering ring core
Structural foam
Mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Insulation (optional)
Closed -cell foam
Insulation mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Specifications
Model
FLD24XX
FLD30XX
A in. (mm)
26 (660)
33 (838)
B, in. (mm)
1 %2 (38)
1 %2 (38)
C, in. (mm)
231/4(590)
29'/4 (743)
Gasket width, in. (mm)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
Bolt hole diameter, in. (mm)
5/6 (8)
5/6 (8)
Weight, lbs (kg)
11 (5)
20 (9)
Bolt holes, per lid
4
4
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-FL-4
Rev. 1.2, © 12/15
Page 1 of 1

Safety Nets

ST SECURN NEI
24'
57L
r
""7/
mepi
m d•m«e
W � SrF-R824B 5EGMENiE0 R15ER
so
FEATURES
s Use as a security measure to keep
persons, especially children, from
accidental entry while systems are
being serviced or any other instance
where a cover is removed
s• Available to fit 18", 24", and 30"
diameter risers
Open areas in web are large enough
to allow tanks to be pumped without
having to remove the security net
Installs easily in our segmented riser
and others
Order part No. STF-N 18
STF-N24
STF-N 30
CAD detail drawing available in DXF format
RELATED PRODUCTS
STF-C124 page 5
STF-APC24G page 6
STF-APC24B page 6
STF-RB24B page 9
STF-AR24 page 9
STF-APC24GI-075 page 14
STF-APC24BI-075 page 14
STF-APC24GI-100 page 14
STF-APC24BI-100 page 14
STF-APL24G page 14
U.S. Patent Pending STF-APL24B page 14
PAGE
Toll Free 888-999-3290 Office 231-582-1020 Fax [phone] Email [e-mail] Web www.gag-simtech.com 111

Effluent Filter

Commercial Biotubee Effluent Filters
Applications
Our patented* Biotube® Effluent Filters in 8-, 12-, and 15 -inch (200-, 300-, and
375 -mm) diameter sizes are ideal for large residential, commercial, and community
applications. They prevent large solids from leaving the tank, dramatically improving
wastewater quality and extending the life of downstream treatment systems. For more
information, see our "Filter Facts" document, AFL -FT -2 -PRN, which is available on our
online document library at www.orenco.com.
8 -inch (200 -mm)
Biotube Effluent Filter
I
• 01
12- and 15 -inch
(300- and 375 -mm)
Biotube Effluent Filter
12- and 15 -inch (300- and 375 -mm)
Biotube Filter with Slide Rail
Orenco's commercially -sized effluent filters are the only effluent filters on the market capable
of handling large wastewater flows. Standard models have up to 52 ft2 (4.8 m2) of filter area, to
resist clogging while providing maximum long-term protection. Large filter area increases the
time between cleanings.
'Covered by patent numbers 5,492,635 and 4,439,323
To Order
Call your nearest Orenco Systems°, Inc. Distributor. For nearest Distributor, call
Orenco at 800-348-9843, or visit www.orenco.com and click on "Where to Buy."
APS-FTL-1
Rev. 5.0 ® 04/17
Page 1
• The only large, com-
mercial -size effluent
filter available
• Removes about two-
thirds of suspended
solids, on average,
extending drainfield
life
• Flow modulating dis-
charge orifices to limit
flow rate leaving tank,
mitigating surges and
increasing retention
time
Optional
Features &
• Alarm available, to
signal the need for
cleaning
• Slide Rail System
available, required
when there is only
one tank access to
the effluent filter
compartment
• Multiple filters may
be used to accom-
modate larger flows
• Extendible cartridge
handle, simplifies filter
removal
• Easy to clean by
simply hosing off filter
cartridge
• Corrosion -proof con-
struction, to ensure
long life
Biotube
Filtering
Effluent from the rela-
tively clear zone of the
septic tank, between the
scum and sludge layers,
horizontally enters the
Biotube Effluent Filter
through inlet holes in the
housing. Effluent then
enters the annular space
between the housing
and the Biotubes, utiliz-
ing the Biotubes' entire
surface for filtering.
Particles larger than
the Biotube's mesh are
prevented from leaving
the tank.
%. ren co
E M �
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA
800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
044rencor
S Y S T E
M
S
Product
Sheet
Commercial Biotubee Effluent Filters
Applications
Our patented* Biotube® Effluent Filters in 8-, 12-, and 15 -inch (200-, 300-, and
375 -mm) diameter sizes are ideal for large residential, commercial, and community
applications. They prevent large solids from leaving the tank, dramatically improving
wastewater quality and extending the life of downstream treatment systems. For more
information, see our "Filter Facts" document, AFL -FT -2 -PRN, which is available on our
online document library at www.orenco.com.
8 -inch (200 -mm)
Biotube Effluent Filter
I
• 01
12- and 15 -inch
(300- and 375 -mm)
Biotube Effluent Filter
12- and 15 -inch (300- and 375 -mm)
Biotube Filter with Slide Rail
Orenco's commercially -sized effluent filters are the only effluent filters on the market capable
of handling large wastewater flows. Standard models have up to 52 ft2 (4.8 m2) of filter area, to
resist clogging while providing maximum long-term protection. Large filter area increases the
time between cleanings.
'Covered by patent numbers 5,492,635 and 4,439,323
To Order
Call your nearest Orenco Systems°, Inc. Distributor. For nearest Distributor, call
Orenco at 800-348-9843, or visit www.orenco.com and click on "Where to Buy."
APS-FTL-1
Rev. 5.0 ® 04/17
Page 1
• The only large, com-
mercial -size effluent
filter available
• Removes about two-
thirds of suspended
solids, on average,
extending drainfield
life
• Flow modulating dis-
charge orifices to limit
flow rate leaving tank,
mitigating surges and
increasing retention
time
Optional
Features &
• Alarm available, to
signal the need for
cleaning
• Slide Rail System
available, required
when there is only
one tank access to
the effluent filter
compartment
• Multiple filters may
be used to accom-
modate larger flows
• Extendible cartridge
handle, simplifies filter
removal
• Easy to clean by
simply hosing off filter
cartridge
• Corrosion -proof con-
struction, to ensure
long life
Biotube
Filtering
Effluent from the rela-
tively clear zone of the
septic tank, between the
scum and sludge layers,
horizontally enters the
Biotube Effluent Filter
through inlet holes in the
housing. Effluent then
enters the annular space
between the housing
and the Biotubes, utiliz-
ing the Biotubes' entire
surface for filtering.
Particles larger than
the Biotube's mesh are
prevented from leaving
the tank.
%. ren co
E M �
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA
800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Select Biotube® Filter to Match
Design Flow and Desired
Cleaning Interval
This chart shows the relationship between Biotube
Filter size (diameter), design flow, and mean time
between cleanings. The larger the filter and the
smaller the flow, the longer you can go between
cleanings. For example, a typical 3 -year cleaning
frequency would require an 8 -inch (200 -mm) filter
for up to 2500 (9.4 m3) gpd, a 12 -inch (300 -mm)
filter for up to 5000 (18.9 m3) gpd, and a 15 -inch
(375 -mm) filter for up to 8500 (32.2 m3) gpd. See
NDA -FT -FT -1, "Biotube Effluent Filter Sizing," for
more sizing information.
Modulating orifice calculations are also required
for applications with large surge flows. Contact
Orenco for assistance.
FT Series Biotube Effluent Filters
10,000-
9,000-
8,000 -
CL 7,000-
6,000-
u. 5,000-
500
FTy
M 500 'Series
u) 3,000- F r/e
2,000- T 1200 Series
FT0800 Series
1,000-
0- 1 1 1 1 1
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Mean Time Between Cleanings (years)
Model Codes for Ordering
FT ❑ ❑ ❑ - 36 ❑
Float switch bracket and slide rail options:
Blank =no options selected
A = float switch bracket installed
R = slide rail installed'
Cartridge height, in. (mm):
36 = 36 (914), standard
Housing height`, in. (mm):
48 = 48 (1219)
54 = 54 (1372)
60 = 60 (1524)
66 = 66 (1676 -mm)
Filter diameter, in. (mm):
08 = 08 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
15 = 15 (375)
Filter mesh option:
Blank = 1/a -in. (3 -mm) filter mesh
P = 1/,s -in. (1.6 -mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
Minimum liquid level (MILL) information:
48 -in. (1219 -mm) housing for MILL of 37-46 in. (940-1168 mm)
54 -in. (1372 -mm) housing for MILL of 47-63 in. (1194-1600 mm)
60 -in. (1524 -mm) housing for MILL of 64-84 in. (1626-2134 mm)
66 -in. (1676 -mm) housing for MILL of 85-112 in. (2159-2845 mm)
r For 12- and 15 -in. (300- and 375 -mm) only; use slide rail option
when only one access is available for the filter chamber
Distributed By:
Biotube Effluent Filter
8-,12-, and 15 -inch (200-, 300- and 375 -mm)
Handle ass
Biotube filo
cartridge
Inlet holes
Housing
High water alarm
float (optional)
Discharge coupling
with flow -modulat-
ing orifice
Support coupling
and bracket
(12" and 15" only)
APS-FTL-1 Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA
Rev. 5.0 © 04/17 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Page 2

Bio -Tube Pump Vaults

L
Universal BiotubeO Pump Vaults
For use with Orenco® 4 -inch (100 -mm) Submersible Effluent Pumps
Applications
Orenco Biotube° Pump Vaults are used to filter effluent that is pumped
from septic tanks or separate dosing tanks in STEP systems and onsite
wastewater treatment systems. They remove two-thirds of suspended
solids, on average. Pump vaults house a Biotube effluent filter and one
or two Orenco high -head effluent pumps and can be used in single -
compartment septic tanks with flows up to 40 gpm (2.5 Usec). When
flows are greater than 40 gpm (2.5 Usec), a double -compartment sep-
tic tank or separate dosing tank is recommended.
Support pir
External flc
Inlet holes
Side view
elr
Tank Access and Riser Diameters
Diameter, in. (mm)
PVU with
simplex pump
PVU with
duplex pumps
Tank access, minimum
19 (483)
19 (483)
Tank access, recommended
20 (508)
20 (508)
Riser, minimum
24 (600)
30 (750)
General
The Orenco Biotube Pump Vault includes a molded polyethylene hous-
ing with an internal Biotube filter cartridge constructed of polypropylene
and PVC. Schedule 80 PVC support pipes are included to suspend the
vault in a tank opening. "Earless" 68 -inch (1727 -mm) vaults, which rest
on the bottom of the tank instead of on support pipes, are also available.
The filter cartridge can be removed without pulling the pump or the vault.
Effluent enters through inlet holes around the perimeter of the Biotube
vault and flows through the Biotubes to the external flow inducer. The
external flow inducer accommodates one or two pumps. Orenco Biotube
Pump Vaults are covered by U.S. patents #4,439,323 and 5,492,635.
Standard Models
PVU57-1819, PVU68-2419, PVU84-2419, PVU95-3625.
Product Code Diagram
PvuO❑-❑❑-❑
------ Tupport pipe length:
Blank = standard, for 24" (600 mm) riser
L = long, for 30" (750 mm) riser
NB = no support pipe bracket fearless)
Inlet hole height, standard:
13" (330 mm)
19" (482 mm)
25' (635 mm)
Cartridge height, standard:
18" (457 mm)
24" (610 mm)
36" (914 mm)
Vault height:'
57" (1448 mm)
68" (1727 mm)
72" (1829 mm)
84" (2134 mm)
95" (2413 mm)
or custom specification
Biotube® filter mesh:
Blank =1/8" (3.2 mm) mesh
P =1/16" (1.6 mm) mesh
Universal Pump Vault
' Custom heights from 42" to 135' available
Materials of Construction
Support pipe
Schedule 80 PVC
Biotube® vault
Polyethylene
Biotube filter cartridge
Polypropylene/PVC
Float stem
Schedule 40 PVC
Drain valve ball
Polypropylene
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PVU-1
Rev. 1.3, © 09/14
Page 1 of 2

Support pipes
2 -inch (50 -mm) m
J '
H
2 Drain
B valve ball
Side view cutaway
Specifications
C
Top view
Dimensions
A, in. (mm)
3 (76)
B, in. (mm)
4 (102)
C, in. (mm)
17.3 (439)
D, in. (mm)
16.6 (422)
E, in. (mm)
12 (305)
Model
PVU57-1819
PVU68-2419
PVU84-2419
PVU95-3625
F, vault height, in. (mm)
57 (1448)
68 (1727)
84 (1727)
95 (2413)
G, lowest float setting point, in. (mm)
29 (737)
35 (889)
51 (1295)
50 (1270)
H, inlet hole height, in. (mm)'
19 (483)
19 in. (483)
19 (482)
25 (635)
J, Biotube® cartridge height, in. (mm)
18 (457)
24 (610)
24 (610)
36 (914)
Biotube mesh opening, in. (mm)
0.125(3)
0.125(3)
0.125(3)
0.125(3)
Filter flow area, ft' (m2)
4.4 (0.4)
5.9 (0.5)
5.9 (0.5)
9.0 (0.84)
Filter surface area, ft2 (m2)
14.5(l.35)
19.7(l.83)
19.7(l.83)
30 (2.79)
Maximum flow rate, gpm (Usec)
140 (8.8)
140 (8.8)
140 (8.8)
140 (8.8)
* May vary depending on the configuration of the tank
NTD-PVU-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 1.3, © 09/14
Page 2 of 2

Flow Equalization, Discharge & Re -circulation Pumps

PF Series 60 -Hz, 4 -inch (1 00 -mm)
Submersible Effluent Pumps
Applications
Our 4 -inch (100 -mm) Submersible Effluent Pumps are designed to
transport screened effluent (with low TSS counts) from septic tanks or
separate dosing tanks. All our pumps are constructed of lightweight,
corrosion -resistant stainless steel and engineered plastics; all are field -
serviceable and repairable with common tools; 60 -Hz PF Series models
are CSA certified to the U.S. and Canadian safety standards for effluent
pumps, meeting UL requirements.
Orenco's Effluent Pumps are used in a variety of applications, includ-
ing pressurized drainfields, packed bed filters, mounds, aerobic units,
effluent irrigation, effluent sewers, wetlands, lagoons, and more. These
pumps are designed to be used with a Biotube° pump vault or after a
secondary treatment system.
Franklin
Liquid End
Franklin
Super Stainless
Motor
Discharge Connection
Bypass Orifice
— Suction Connection
0 Powered by
S.® Franklin Electric
C US
LRB0980
LR2053896
Features/Specifications
To specify this pump for your installation, require the following:
• Minimum 24-hour run -dry capability with no deterioration in pump life
or performance"
• Patented 1B -inch (3 -mm) bypass orifice to ensure flow recirculation
for motor cooling and to prevent air bind
• Liquid end repair kits available for better long-term cost of ownership
• TRI -SEAL TM floating impeller design on 10, 15, 20, and 30 gpm
(0.6, 1.0, 1.3, and 1.9 Vsec) models; floating stack design on 50 and
75 gpm (3.2 and 4.7 Vsec) models
• Franklin Electric Super Stainless motor, rated for continuous use and
frequent cycling
• Type SCOW 600-V motor cable
* Not applicable for 5 -hp (3.73 k% models
Standard Models
See specifications chart, pages 2-3, for a list of standard pumps. For
a complete list of available pumps, call Orenco.
Product Code Diagram
PF❑❑❑❑❑'❑
Tord length, ft (m):$
Blank = 10 (3)
30 = 30 (9)
Check valve:
Blank = no internal check valve
CV = internal check valve'
Voltage, nameplate:
1 = 115* 200 = 200
2 = 230 4 = 460
Frequency:
1 = single-phase 60 Hz
3 = three-phase 60 Hz
Horsepower (kW):
03 = 'A hp (0.25) 05 = 16 hp (0.37)
07 = 3/a hp (0.56) 10 = 1 hp (0.75)
15 = 1Y2 hp (1.11) 20 = 2 hp (1.50)
30 = 3 hp (2.24) 50 = 5 hp (3.73)
Nominal flow, gpm (Vsec):
10=10(0.6) 15=15(1.0)
20 = 20 (1.3) 30 = 30 (1.9)
50 = 50 (3.2) 75 = 75 (4.7)
Pump, PF Series
Ys -hp (0.37kw) only
Available for 10 gpm (0.6 Usec), 1/2 hp (0.37 kw) only
Note: 20 -ft cords are available only for single-phase pumps through 1 Yz hp
20 = 20 (6)
50 = 50 (15)
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 4.0, © 12/16
Page 1 of 5

Specifications
01
�^
iN N
O
Pump Model
i
p
CL
N
12 R
S
R
a
R
0�
E
Z
CD
R
Y
ate+
a
C
Ql H
'y cL
C cc
N
E
X
rL
iv
G.
_
y Cc
a1 R
L E
V -p
C lC0
C
'T7
CD C
J
�-
d
C E
�
t
Q1
T
\�
NT
G1
A
PH 00511
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 Y4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PH 00511 CV
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PH 00512
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.3
6.3
6
1 Y4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF10053200
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.8
3.8
6
1 Y4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF100712 4,5
10(0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.3
8.3
8
1 Y4 in. GFP
25.9 (658)
17 (432)
30 (14)
300
PH 0073200 4,1
10(0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
5.1
5.2
8
1 Y4 in. GFP
25.4 (645)
17 (432)
31 (14)
300
PF101012 5,6
10(0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
9.6
9.6
9
1 Y4 in. GFP
27.9 (709)
18 (457)
33 (15)
100
PH 0103200 5,6
10(0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.5
5.5
9
1 Y4 in. GFP
27.3 (693)
18 (457)
37 (17)
300
PF102012 5, 6, 7, 6
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
12.1
12.1
18
1 Y4 in. SS
39.5 (1003)
22 (559)
48 (22)
100
PF102032 5, 6.8
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
230
240
7.5
7.6
18
1 Y4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PH 0203200 5, 1,1
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
8.7
8.7
18
1 Y4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PF150311
15(1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
115
120
8.7
8.8
3
1 Y4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF150312
15(1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
230
240
4.4
4.5
3
1 Y4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF200511
20(1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.3
12.5
4
1 Y4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
25 (11)
300
PF200512
20(1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.4
6.5
4
1 Y4 in. GFP
22.5 (572)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF20053200
20(1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.8
4
1 Y4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF201012 4,5
20(1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.5
10.5
7
1 Y4 in. GFP
28.4 (721)
20 (508)
33 (15)
100
PF20103200 4,1
20(1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.9
7
1 Y4 in. GFP
27.8 (706)
20 (508)
33 (15)
300
PF201512 4,5
20(1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.4
12.6
9
1 Y4 in. GFP
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
100
PF20153200 4.5
20(1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
7.1
7.2
9
1 Y4 in. GFP
30.7 (780)
20 (508)
35 (16)
300
PF300511
30(1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
11.8
11.8
3
1 Y4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
28 (13)
300
PF300512
30(1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
3
1 Y4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF30053200
30(1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.6
3.6
3
1 Y4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF300712
30(1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
5
1 Y4 in. GFP
24.8 (630)
21 (533)
29 (13)
300
PF30073200
30(1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
4.9
4.9
5
1 Y4 in. GFP
24.6 (625)
21 (533)
30 (14)
300
PF301012 4
30(1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.4
10.4
6
1 Y4 in. GFP
27.0 (686)
22 (559)
32 (15)
100
PF30103200 4
30(1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.8
6
1 Y4 in. GFP
26.4 (671)
22 (559)
33 (15)
300
PF3015124,5
30(1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.6
12.6
8
1 Y4 in. GFP
32.8 (833)
24 (610)
40 (18)
100
PF30153200 4,5
30(1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
6.9
6.9
8
1 Y4 in. GFP
29.8 (757)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF3015344,5
30(1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
460
480
2.8
2.8
8
1 Y4 in. GFP
29.5 (685)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF302012 5, 6.7
30(1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
11.0
11.0
10
1 Y4 in. SS
35.5 (902)
26 (660)
44 (20)
100
PF30203200 5,6
30(1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
9.3
9.3
10
1 Y4 in. SS
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
300
PF303012 5, 6, 7, 6
30(1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
1
230
240
16.8
16.8
14
1 Y4 in. SS
44.5 (1130)
33 (838)
54 (24)
100
PF303032 5, 6, 8
30(1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
3
230
240
10.0
10.1
14
1 Y4 in. SS
44.3 (1125)
27 (686)
52 (24)
300
PF305012 5, 6, 7, a
30(1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
1
230
240
25.6
25.8
23
1 Y4 in. SS
66.5 (1689)
53 (1346)
82 (37)
100
PF305032 5, 6, 6
30(1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
230
240
16.6
16.6
23
1 Y4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF30503200 5.6, s
30(1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
200
208
18.7
18.7
23
1 Y4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF500511
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.1
12.1
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500512
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500532
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
230
240
3.0
3.0
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF50053200
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.7
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500534
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
460
480
1.5
1.5
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500712
50(3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF500732
50(3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
3
230
240
3.9
3.9
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
32 (15)
300
NTD-PU-PF-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 4.0, © 12/16
Page 2 of 5

Specifications, cont.CD
R
i CM
CLd
R 61
R
= U CD y C1 R Q
iN N in R 1= ate+ 'y C. X Q.
R
f�..1
C
•C
t
Q1
O S d Z a C R
O R
J
ME
Pump Model
PF50073200 50(3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 3
2 in. SS
23.1 (587)
26 (660)
32 (15)
300
PF500734 50(3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 460 480 1.8 1.8 3
2 in. SS
34.8 (884)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF501012 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.1 10.1 4
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
26 (660)
35 (16)
100
PF50103200 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.7 5.7 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF501034 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 460 480 2.2 2.2 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF5015124 50(3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.5 12.6 5
2 in. SS
32.5 (826)
30 (762)
41 (19)
100
PF501532004 50(3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 7.0 7.0 5
2 in. SS
29.3 (744)
26 (660)
35 (16)
300
PF503012 1, 5, 7,1 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 1 230 240 17.7 17.7 8
2 in. SS
43.0 (1092)
37 (940)
55 (25)
100
PF50303200 4, 5,1 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 200 208 13.1 13.1 8
2 in. SS
43.4 (1102)
30 (762)
55 (25)
300
PF503034 1, 5,1 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 460 480 5.3 5.3 8
2 in. SS
40.0 (1016)
31 (787)
55 (25)
300
PF505012 5,1,7,1 50(3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 1 230 240 26.2 26.4 13
2 in. SS
65.4 (1661)
55 (1397)
64 (29)
300
PF505032 5,1,7,1 50(3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 3 230 240 16.5 16.5 13
2 in. SS
59.3 (1506)
49 (1245)
64 (29)
300
PF751012 75(4.7) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.9 10.0 3
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
27 (686)
34 (15)
100
PF751512 75(4.7) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.1 12.3 4
2 in. SS
33.4 (848)
30 (762)
44 (20)
100
1 GFP = glass -filled polypropylene; SS = stainless steel. The 1 %4 -in. NPT GFP discharge is 2 7/8 in. octagonal across flats;
the 1 Y4 -in. NPT SS discharge is 2 A
in. octagonal across flats; and the 2 -in.
NPT SS discharge is 2 7B in. hexagonal across flats. Discharge is female NPT threaded, U.S. nominal size, to accommodate Orenco® discharge hose and valve assemblies.
Consult
your Orenco Distributor
about fittings to connect hose and valve assemblies to metric -sized piping.
2 Minimum liquid level is for single pumps when installed in an Orenco Biotube® Pump Vault or Universal Flow Inducer. In other applications, minimum
liquid level should be top of pump. Consult Orenco
for
more information.
3 Weight includes carton and 10 -ft (3-m) cord.
4 High-pressure discharge assembly required.
5 Do not use cam -lock option (Q) on discharge assembly.
6 Custom discharge assembly required for these pumps. Contact Orenco.
7 Capacitor pack (sold separately or installed in a custom control panel) required for this pump. Contact Orenco.
8 Torque locks are available for all pumps, and are supplied with 3 -hp and 5 -hp pumps.
Materials of Construction
Discharge Glass -filled polypropylene or stainless steel
Discharge bearing Engineered thermoplastic (PEEK)
Diffusers Glass -filled PPO (Noryl GFN3)
Impellers Celcon® acetal copolymer on 10-, 20, and 30-gpm models; 50-gpm impellers are Noryl GFN3
Intake screen Polypropylene
Suction connection Stainless steel
Drive shaft 7/16 inch hexagonal stainless steel, 300 series
Coupling Sintered stainless steel, 300 series
Shell Stainless steel, 300 series
Motor Franklin motor exterior constructed of stainless steel. Motor filled with deionized water and propylene glycol for constant lubrication. Hermetically
sealed motor housing ensures moisture -free windings. All thrust absorbed by
Kingsbury -type thrust bearing. Rated for continuous
duty. Single-
phase motors and 200 and 230 V 3-phase motors equipped with surge arrestors
for added security. Single-phase
motors through 1.5 hp
(1.11 k" have built-in thermal overload protection, which trips at 203-221° F (95-105° C).
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 4.0, © 12/16
Page 3 of 5

Using a Pump Curve
A pump curve helps you determine the best pump for your system. Pump curves show the relationship between flow and pressure (total dynamic
head, or TDH), providing a graphical representation of a pump's optimal performance range. Pumps perform best at their nominal flow rate. These
graphs show optimal pump operation ranges with a solid line and show flow rates outside of these ranges with a dashed line. For the most accurate
pump specification, use Orenco's PumpSelecf" software.
Pump Curves
800
700
CD
CD
= 600
x
500
400
E 300
c�
200
w
0
~ 100
400
350
CD
CD
a 300
x
250
200
E 150
a
>
100
ev
~ 50
0
PF10 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 2.0 hp
PF1005-FC
w/'/4" flow
controller
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
PF20 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 -1.5hp
IPF2015
IPF2005
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
160
140
CD
m
= 120
x
100
CD 80
M 60
>
c�
40
w
0
20
0
UUU
800
CD
'CD 700
0 600
ca
500
CD
400
>
300
;g 200
PF15 Series, 60 Hz, 0.3 hp
0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
100
, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
NTD-PU-PF-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 4.0, © 12/16
Page 4 of 5

Pump Curves, cont.
450
400
w
as
350
x 300
0
250
M
W
200
E
150
c
a
100
50
0L
0
PF50 Series, 60 Hz, 05-'
5.0 hp
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
100
90
.r
80
as
c
70
v
60
n3
Q 50
40
ca
c
30
c 20
t-
10
0
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
0
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 4.0, © 12/16
Page 5 of 5

AX -Max Treatment Unit

Installation
anual
An illustrated guide to installing an
Orenco AdvanTex' AX -Max'' or
AX -Mobile' Treatment System.
• 541LJV
Orenco Systems®
Incorporated
Changing the Way the
World Does Wastewater
800-348-9843
[phone]
www.orenco.com

Installation Manual: AdvanTex°R AX -Max' and AX -Mobile' Treatment Units
Table of Contents
Before You Begin............................................................. Page 1
Overview.------------------------------------------------------------- Page 3
Installation S e1
Section 1: In -Ground Installation, AX-Max'M
Step
1:
Prepare Site, In -Ground Installation ........................................
Page 4
Step
2:
Install Primary Tank (If Necessary) ........................................
Page 5
Step
3:
Set AX -Max Unit ......................................................
Page 5
Step
4:
Install Antibuoyancy....................................................
Page 6
Step
5:
Partially Backfill.......................................................
Page 6
Step
6:
Connect Pumps, Plumbing, and Ventilation .................................
Page 6
Step
7:
Install Control Panel ....................................................
Page 7
Step
8:
Complete Backfill......................................................
Page 7
Step
9:
Prepare System for Operation ............................................
Page 7
Section 2, Above -Ground Installation, AX -Mobile"', Orenco T MaxT"
Step
1:
Prepare Site, Above -Ground Installation ....................................
Page 9
Step
2:
Install Primary Tank (If Necessary) ........................................
Page 9
Step
3:
Set AX -Mobile Unit ....................................................
Page 10
Step
4:
Install Platform and Railing ..............................................
Page 10
Step
5:
Connect Pumps, Plumbing, and Ventilation ..................................
Page 10
Step
6:
Connect Control Panel Wiring ............................................
Page 10
Step 7: Prepare System for Operation ............................................. Page 10
Before You Begin MEN" I
The AX -Maxim is a complete, modular, fully -plumbed AdvanTex® Wastewater Treatment Plant for residential, com-
mercial, and municipal applications with medium to large flows and permits requiring secondary treatment or better.
The AX -Mobile' offers the features of the AX -Max in a transportable, temporary, plug -and -play platform. Either can
be installed as stand-alone units or in multi -unit arrays. This manual covers basic installation steps for the AdvanTex
AX -Max and AX -Mobile Treatment Systems. Please read through this entire manual before starting installation.
NIM -ATX -AX -3 © 2011 Orenco Systems* Inc.
Rev. 1.1,12/11

Installation Manual: AdvanTex° AX-Max7' and AX -Mobile' Treatment Units
This installation manual is generic in nature and not intended to replace requirements and instructions detailed in your
engineering plans. If you discover any inconsistencies between your engineering plans and the instructions in this
manual, bring the matter to your engineer's attention.
As the installer of an Orenco wastewater treat-
ment system, you play a crucial role. Property
owners, operators, regulators, dealers, manufac-
turers ... we all rely on your expertise and quality
work.
Orenco Systems% Inc. is one of America's
leading suppliers of equipment for residential,
commercial, and community wastewater col-
lection and treatment systems. At Orenco, we
manufacture complete systems, and wastewater
collection and treatment is our only job. You
can be confident that you are installing the best
equipment available. And we've worked hard to
make your installation as easy and "hassle -free"
as possible.
Property owners, neighbors, regulators, dealers, manufacturers, and service
providers all depend on your careful installation.
Before you begin installing your AX -Max or AX -Mobile Treatment System, please read this entire manual, and
call your AdvanTex Dealer if you have any questions. In particular, review the preparation steps and the installa-
tion sequence before doing anything. We recommend that you follow the installation sequence described. You'll
save yourself time and money on installation day, and you'll reduce the potential for call-backs.
Also, be sure to schedule a preconstruction meeting with an Orenco representative, the engineer, contractor, elec-
trician, operator, inspector/regulator, and owner to discuss the installation process, inconsistencies in the plans,
vague or missing specs, key inspection points, and possible regulatory issues.
Lastly, inspect your order for completeness and inspect each component for shipping damage. Check to be
sure instructions and items supplied comply with your state and local regulations. Carefully read and follow all
instructions. Improper installation may void warranties.
We're very proud of this wastewater treatment system. Like all our products, the AdvanTex Treatment System has
gone through extensive research, development, and field-testing. Then each component is built to written specifica-
tions and subjected to quality review, before shipping. If you need any technical support, please contact your author-
ized AdvanTex Dealer. The Dealer can also provide repair and replacement instructions and replacement compo-
nents. If there is no Dealer in your area, call Orenco Systems, Inc. at [phone] or [phone].
About Pipe Sizes
All pipe diameters provided are U.S. nominal PVC pipe sizes. If you are using metric pipe, you may need adapters
to connect to the U.S. fittings supplied with AdvanTex Treatment Systems.
© 2011 Orenco Systems' Inc. NIM -ATX -AX -3
Rev. 1.1, 12/11

Installation Manual: AdvanTex °R AX-Maxr' and AX -Mobile' Treatment Units
Overview. • Typical AX -Max and AX -Mobile Treatment Processes 0
Passive primary treatment takes place in the primary treatment tank (or primary treatment chamber in some AX -Max
and AX -Mobile models), where wastewater separates into a scum layer, a clear zone, and a sludge layer. Wastewater
from the clear zone in the primary treatment tank or primary treatment chamber is transported to the recirc-blend
chamber located inside of the AX -Max or AX -Mobile unit, where it is blended and diluted with filtrate before being
dosed onto the AdvanTex filter by the recirc pumps. The recirc pumps transport the effluent to a distribution manifold
above the AdvanTex filter. Effluent percolates down through the textile media, where organic matter is treated by
naturally occurring microorganisms in the filter.
The flow of filtered effluent is divided between the recirc-blend chamber and the recirc-filtrate chamber by means
of a tank baffle; the liquid levels within the recirc-blend chamber and the recirc-filtrate chamber are controlled by
the recirc-return valve. During extended periods of low forward flow, 100% of the treated effluent is returned to the
recirc-blend chamber.
In the recirc-filtrate chamber, effluent can be further treated or disinfected before it is discharged to dispersal. See the
system specifications for information on additional treatment or disinfection components for your system.
Standard Components (AX-MAX125-21 shown):
O Inlet, not shown
© Recirc-blend chamber
© Tank baffle
Q Recirc-transfer line
© Recirc-pump chamber baffle
Q Recirc-pump chamber
Q Recirc pumping assemblies
0 Distribution manifold
0 Spray nozzles
G Lateral ball valves
m AdvanTex textile media
® Recirc-return valve
® Recirc-filtrate chamber
Q Discharge pumping assembly
® Outlet, discharge
G) Vent fan assembly
m Air inlet
G Air outlet
m Hinged lid, typical
NIM -ATX -AX -3 © 2011 Orenco Systems® Inc.
Rev. 1.1,12/11

Installation Manual: In -Ground Installation, AX -Max'
This section provides general information on installing AX -Max Treatment Units for in -ground applications. For
certain applications, AX -Mobile units can also installed in -ground. For specifics on installing AX -Mobile units in -
ground, contact your Dealer or Orenco.
Table 1. Required Spacing for Units
Equipped with Anti -Buoyancy Measures
Burial Depth,
ft (mm)
Required Spacing,
ft (mm)
5.5(1680)
8 (2440)
6.5(1980)
10 (3050)
7.5(2290)
12 (3660)
• ao o.
�o ooP
;o
Excavate the site and lay a
bed 4 inches (100 mm) thick
�Q o
© 2011 Orenco Systems' Inc.
Step 1: Prepare Site — In -Ground Installation
When installing AX -Max units in -ground, there are specific
spacing distances, based on anti -buoyancy calculations, that must
be maintained between AX -Max units and between the AX -Max
units and other buried components, based on depth of bury. See
Table 1 for spacing requirements.
NOTE: Burial depths provided are measured from the bottom of
the AX -Max unit. An AX -Max unit should be installed with the
underside of the lid at a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) and a
maximum of 36 inches (915 mm) above final grade for ease of
O&M.
Step 1a: Check the engineering plans to verify that there are no
obstructions at the construction site that might prevent installation.
Check that the elevations and orientations of all components match
the site plans. If the primary tank uses gravity discharge, be sure
the piping from the primary tank maintains a minimum slope of
'/s inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1%).
Step 1b: Mark out the location of the excavation site.
Step 1c: Excavate the site.
• Excavate the hole for the unit to the depth shown in the plans.
• Consult the engineer of record for shoring requirements and
install shoring, if necessary, before continuing.
• Make sure the bottom of the excavation is free of debris,
rocks and other sharp objects.
• Lay a level bed of concrete, sand, 3/4 -inch minus (<19 mm)
crushed aggregate, or pea gravel in the bottom of the excava-
tion. Make the bed 4 inches thick X 7 1/2 feet wide
(100 mm X 2286 mm) and as long as the AX -Max unit.
Compact the material for a smooth, even, and level surface. If
the base soil is unstable (peat, quicksand, muck, soft or highly
expansive clay, etc.), overexcavate the site depth and set a
firm, 6 -inch (152 -mm) compacted pad of <_1/2 -in. to <3/4 -in.
(13- to 19 -mm) aggregate or pea gravel.
In extremely unstable soil, a concrete layer may be needed to
stabilize the bottom of the excavation. If you have doubt about
the soil's stability, consult the project engineer.
NIM -ATX -AX -3
Rev. 1.1, 12/11

Installation Manual: In -Ground Installation, AX -Max'
Step 2.• Install Primary Tank (If Necessary) �
Follow the instructions below for new systems when primary
treatment tanks have not been installed. For systems with existing
primary treatment tanks installed, go to Step 3.
Step 2a: Install primary tanks and risers according to their manu-
facturer's instructions. For information on installing Orenco
T Max Primary Treatment Tanks in -ground, contact your Dealer,
project engineer, or Orenco.
Step 2b: After the tanks are set, plug the inlet and outlet, and then
fill the tank with clean water to a level no more than 1 inch
(25 mm) above the adhesive joint in the riser or the lid, to test the
watertightness of the tank and the joint. If there is any leakage in
two hours, reseal the connections and retest.
NOTE: Check the tank manufacturer's guidelines before filling
the tanks. Some tank manufacturers require a partial or complete
backfill before a tank is filled.
Itep 3: Set AX -Max Unit ff
WARNING: Before attempting to off-load the AdvanTex*
AX -Max unit; make sure that you identify the weight of the
specific AX -Max unit that you are unloading and that the
proper equipment is used to off-load and place the unit.
AX -Max units vary in weight to more than 12,000 lbs (5443 kg)
depending on unit configuration and accessories. If you are unsure
of the unit's weight, contact Orenco before attempting to unload it.
Step 3a: Drive the transport vehicle as close to the site as possible
before unloading, to minimize travel with the suspended unit.
Step 3b: The AX -Max unit ships with 4 -inch X 2 -inch X 18 -inch
(100 -mm X 50 -mm X 460 -mm) steel tubing and bolts. When the
unit is ready to be off-loaded, attach the steel tubing to the unit
using the supplied bolts in the pre -drilled holes at the unit's base.
Step 3c: Attach the provided lifting cable to the four steel lifting
plates on the unit and raise it until all the lifting cables are taut.
Check to make sure the cables are properly attached to the lifting
plates before continuing.
Step 3d: Lift the AX -Max unit off the transport vehicle and move
the unit into position over the installation site.
Step 3e: Lower the AX -Max unit into the excavation, making sure
that the unit is centered on the bed.
Step 3f: Check to make sure the underside of the AX -Max unit's lid
will have a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) and a maximum of 36
inches (915 mm) clearance above final grade.
NIM -ATX -AX -3 © 2011 Orenco Systems' Inc.
Rev. 1.1, 12/11

Installation Manual: In-Ground Installation, AX-Max-
Step 4: Install Antibuoyancy Measures (If Necessary)
The common method of installing AX -Max antibuoyancy mea-
sures is described below. For other methods, contact Orenco.
Step 4a: Build forms for the 12 -inch high X 20 -inch wide (300 mm
X 545 mm) concrete antibuoyancy measures along the full length
of both long sides of the unit.
Step 4b: Place three evenly spaced runs of #4 rebar perpendicular
to the top of the exposed steel tubing along the entire length of the
unit. Tack weld or wire -tie the rebar pieces in place.
Step 4c: Pour concrete for the antibuoyancy measures into the
forms and allow the concrete to set before backfilling.
Step 5.• Partially Backfill and Test Watertightness 'M
Step 5a: Backfill and compact around the unit in 12 -inch (300 -mm)
lifts to a point just below the lowest plumbing or electrical point.
Use a mechanical compactor to compact around the unit. If neces-
sary, moisten the backfill material with water to help compaction.
NOTE: Do not use native material to backf ll if it is very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (>3/ -in. or
19 -mm) rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use
<3/ inch (519 mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel
as fill material. This material should be washed, free flowing, and
free of debris.
Step 5b: Orenco recommends testing AX -Max units for watertight-
ness. To perform a watertightness test, plug the inlet and outlet
of the AX -Max unit and fill the unit to 1 inch (25 mm) above the
inlet. If there is any leakage in two hours, locate the leaks, repair
or reseal as needed, and retest the unit.
Step 6.• Connect Pumps, Plumbing and Ventilation
Step 6a: Consult the design plans to identify the location of all of
the AX -Max unit's pumps and plumbing connections.
Step 6b: Check that all of the pumps in the AX -Max unit are
installed and connected to the discharge assemblies. Remove any
packing materials, if necessary.
Step 6c: Connect the transport line and any fittings between the
outlet of the primary tank and the inlet of the AX -Max unit, as well
as between the outlet of the AX -Max unit and the downstream
treatment components or final dispersal.. If the primary tank uses
gravity discharge, maintain a minimum slope of %a inch per foot
(10 mm per meter or 1%) between the primary tank and the AX -
Max unit.
Step 6d: Connect the inlet and outlet vent piping to the unit.
© 2011 Orenco Systems Inc. NIM -ATX -AX -3
Rev. 1.1, 12/11
o:�o�o�o
�d OA •q
off'. •o .
;o o•bp
ago
�
Step 4: Install Antibuoyancy Measures (If Necessary)
The common method of installing AX -Max antibuoyancy mea-
sures is described below. For other methods, contact Orenco.
Step 4a: Build forms for the 12 -inch high X 20 -inch wide (300 mm
X 545 mm) concrete antibuoyancy measures along the full length
of both long sides of the unit.
Step 4b: Place three evenly spaced runs of #4 rebar perpendicular
to the top of the exposed steel tubing along the entire length of the
unit. Tack weld or wire -tie the rebar pieces in place.
Step 4c: Pour concrete for the antibuoyancy measures into the
forms and allow the concrete to set before backfilling.
Step 5.• Partially Backfill and Test Watertightness 'M
Step 5a: Backfill and compact around the unit in 12 -inch (300 -mm)
lifts to a point just below the lowest plumbing or electrical point.
Use a mechanical compactor to compact around the unit. If neces-
sary, moisten the backfill material with water to help compaction.
NOTE: Do not use native material to backf ll if it is very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (>3/ -in. or
19 -mm) rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use
<3/ inch (519 mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel
as fill material. This material should be washed, free flowing, and
free of debris.
Step 5b: Orenco recommends testing AX -Max units for watertight-
ness. To perform a watertightness test, plug the inlet and outlet
of the AX -Max unit and fill the unit to 1 inch (25 mm) above the
inlet. If there is any leakage in two hours, locate the leaks, repair
or reseal as needed, and retest the unit.
Step 6.• Connect Pumps, Plumbing and Ventilation
Step 6a: Consult the design plans to identify the location of all of
the AX -Max unit's pumps and plumbing connections.
Step 6b: Check that all of the pumps in the AX -Max unit are
installed and connected to the discharge assemblies. Remove any
packing materials, if necessary.
Step 6c: Connect the transport line and any fittings between the
outlet of the primary tank and the inlet of the AX -Max unit, as well
as between the outlet of the AX -Max unit and the downstream
treatment components or final dispersal.. If the primary tank uses
gravity discharge, maintain a minimum slope of %a inch per foot
(10 mm per meter or 1%) between the primary tank and the AX -
Max unit.
Step 6d: Connect the inlet and outlet vent piping to the unit.
© 2011 Orenco Systems Inc. NIM -ATX -AX -3
Rev. 1.1, 12/11

Installation Manual: In -Ground Installation, AX -Max'
Step 7.• Install Control Panel and Connect Wiring �
A qualified and licensed electrician should install and service the
panel and all ancillary wiring, in compliance with applicable fed-
eral, state, and local electrical codes. Complete wiring diagrams
can be found in the panel's installation manual and in the pouch
on the inside of the control panel's door.
NOTE: If the control panel installation instructions are missing or
have been removed from the door pouch inside the control panel,
call your Dealer or Orenco for a replacement.
Wiring will include the following items:
• Incoming power to the control panel. One or more circuits
may be required, depending upon the number of pumps and
applicable codes.
• Phone or ethernet wiring for modem connection (for TCOM
remote telemetry control panels).
• Wiring from the control panel to the junction box on each
AX -Max unit.
NOTE: Control panels should be protected from direct sunlight
because ultraviolet light can degrade the surface of fiberglass over
time. Shading the panel also helps avoid excessive temperatures in
the panel. If possible, install the panel under a protective covering
and mount it on weather -resistant material and supports.
Step 8.• Complete Backfill
Backfill and compact around the unit to final grade in 12 -inch
(300 -mm) lifts.
Use a mechanical compactor to compact around the unit. If neces-
sary, moisten the backfill material with water to assist with com-
paction. When finished, make sure the underside of the AX -Max
unit's lid has a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) and a maximum of
36 inches (915 mm) clearance above final grade. Be sure that the
final grade slopes away from the treatment unit(s).
�• Prepare System for Operation
Before placing the AX -Max unit in service, make sure that the
unit and all of its components are functioning properly. See
(AIM -OM -ATX -4) for specific information covering start-up for
AX -Max Treatment Systems.
NOTE: Before testing the pumps in the AX -Max unit, the unit must
be partially filled with water to avoid damaging the pumps.
Step 9a: Switch the control panel circuit breakers to "ON."
1°J
6 -in. (150 mm)
minimum
NIM -ATX -AX -3 © 2011 Orenco Systems Inc.
Rev. 1.1,12/11

Installation Manual: In -Ground Installation, AX-Maxm
Step 9b: Equalize pressure in the pressure gauges.
Step 9c: Check that all of the laterals are turned so the spray
nozzle turbines are pointed up, and then open the outlet valves
on the ends of the laterals. Next, open the manifold valve.
Step 9d: Toggle the recirc pump switches to "MAN" and allow
the pumps to flush debris out of the pod's manifold and laterals.
Toggle the switches to "OFF" when you are finished flushing.
Step 9e: Close the outlet valves on the ends of the laterals. Turn all
laterals so the spray nozzle turbines are pointed down.
Step 9f: Toggle the recirc pump switches to "MAN" again and
pressurize the manifold and laterals to 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa).
�11�1��I111
II
Irl Check the nozzles for square spray patterns to the edge of the
f splash guards, but not over them; adjust the manifold pressure for
good spray patterns. Toggle the switches to "OFF" when finished.
© 2011 Orenco Systems' Inc.
Step 9g: Make sure the following components are functional and
operating properly.
• Recirc pumps and liquid level sensors
Toggle the pump control switches to "AUTO," and then
check the function of the recirc pump liquid level sensors
by lifting the low-level, mid-level, and high-level sensors in
turn and verifying that the pumps cycle on and off for each.
NOTE: For 3-phase pumps, check pump rotation by noting
pump performance. If the pump is rotating backward, it will
still pump but at a reduced pressure and flow To correct back-
wards rotation in pumps, swap the pump wire connections in
the control panel to achieve correct polarity.
• Discharge pump (if applicable)
If the unit is equipped with a discharge pump, verify that
the discharge pump (and liquid level sensors, depending on
system configuration) is operating correctly.
For pumps with timer controls: toggle the discharge pump
switch to "MAN" and verify that the pump runs.
For pumps with on -demand controls and liquid level sen-
sors: Toggle the pump control switches to "AUTO" and
then check the function of the liquid level sensors for
discharge pumps by lifting the low-level, mid-level, and
high-level sensors in turn and verifying that the pumps
cycle on and off for each.
• Ventilation system
— Verify that the ventilation fan is operational and that there is
air flow at the air vent inlet and at the vent exhaust.
• Control panel touch screen
— Verify operation of the touch screen.
NIM -ATX -AX -3
Rev. 1.1, 12/11

Installation Manual: Above -Ground Installation, AX -Mobile"; Orenco T-Max7m
This section provides general information on installing AX -Mobile Treatment Units and Orenco T Max primary
treatment tanks in above -ground applications. In some applications, AX -Max units can also installed above-
ground. For specifics on installing AX -Max units above -ground, contact your Dealer or Orenco.
Step 1Mare Site -AAbove-Ground Installation
Step 1a: Check the engineering plans to verify there are no obstruc-
tions at the site that might prevent the installation. Make sure all
component elevations and orientations match the site plans.
Step 1 b: Mark out the locations of the AX -Mobile units and T Max
tanks. Units typically require a minimum of 36 in. (914 mm)
spacing between the unit and other system components, and more
than 36 in. (914 mm) spacing for units with catwalks.
Step 1c: Prepare the site for the treatment unit and tank:
• Clear and level the site for the unit. Make sure the site is free
of debris, large or sharp rocks, and other sharp objects.
• Construct a 4 -in. (100 -mm) thick pad of material on which to
place the unit. The pad must be level and extend a minimum
of 36 in. (914 mm) on all sides of the unit. Use a solid material
that can be compacted to 95% to ensure minimal settling.
Orenco recommends concrete, 3/4 -in. minus ( <19 mm)
crushed aggregate, or pea gravel.
• Compact the material for a level, smooth, and even surface.
On extremely unstable soil, a concrete pad may be needed to sta-
bilize the installation. If you have doubt about the soil's stability,
consult the project engineer.
Step 2: Set All Units and Tanks
WARNING: AX -Mobile units and Orenco T -Max tanks can
vary in weight to more than 12,000 lbs (5443 kg) depending on
configuration and accessories Before off-loading, confirm the
weight of the AX -Mobile unit or T -Max tank and use proper
off-loading and placement equipment If you are unsure of the
unit's weight, contact Orenco before attempting to unload it
Step 2a: Drive the transport vehicle as close to the site as possible
before unloading, to minimize travel with the suspended unit.
Step 2b: If the tank or unit is designed to be bolted to a concrete
pad, attach the mounting apparatus to the unit.
Step 2c: Attach the provided lifting cable to the four steel lifting
plates on the unit and raise it until all the lifting cables are taut.
Make sure the cables are properly attached to the lifting plates
before continuing.
Step 2d: Lift the unit off the transport vehicle and move the unit
into position over the installation site; and then lower the unit onto
the pad, making sure that it is centered.
NIM -ATX -AX -3
Rev. 1.1,12/11
2c
.M.x
77
■ R�
/--�
© 2011 Orenco Systems Inc.

Installation Manual: Above -Ground Installation, AX -Mobile'. Orenco T -Max'
Step 3: Install Catwalks � i _
Catwalks for AX -Mobile units and T -Max tanks are disassembled
into their component parts for shipping, including installation
hardware.
Step 3a: Fold the platforms out into a horizontal position, install the
platform posts, and secure with the supplied hardware.
Step 3b: Place and secure the railings with the supplied hardware.
Step 3c: Install the ladder and secure it with the supplied hardware.
SOW Test Tank Watertightness (If Necessary) E
Step 5a: Perform watertightness tests on all T Max tanks. Plug the
inlet and outlet. Fill the tank with clean water to a level no more
than 1 inch (25 mm) above the inlet or outlet, whichever is high-
er. If there is any leakage in two hours, locate the leaks, repair or
reseal as needed, and retest the tank.
Step 5b: Orenco recommends testing AX -Mobile units for water-
tightness, also. To perform a watertightness test, plug the inlet and
outlet of the unit and fill the unit to 1 inch (25 mm) above the inlet.
If there is any leakage in two hours, locate the leaks, repair or
reseal as needed, and retest the unit.
Step 5.• Connect Pumps, Plumbing and Ventilation
AX -Mobile units and T -Max tanks are equipped with threaded
fittings and quick disconnect fittings for temporary plumbing con-
nections.
Step 5a: Consult the design plans to identify the location of all of
the unit's pumps and plumbing connections.
Step 5b: Check that the unit's pumps are installed and connected to
the discharge assemblies. Remove packing materials, if necessary.
Step 5c: Connect the transport line between the outlet of the T -Max
tank and the inlet of the AX -Mobile unit, as well as between the
outlet of the AX -Mobile unit and the downstream treatment com-
ponents or final dispersal.
Step 5d: Connect the inlet and outlet vent piping to the unit.
Step 6: Connect Control Panel Wiring W '
Connect primary power to the built-in control panel, following all
applicable electrical codes.
Step 7.• Prepare System for Operation
Prepare the system for operation as described in Section 1, Step 9.
© 2011 Orenco Systems' Inc. NIM -ATX -AX -3
Rev. 1.1, 12/11

Orenco Systems©
Incorporated
Chang ng the Way the
World Doer Wrutewater'
800-348-9843
[phone]
www.orenco.com
www.vericomm.net LISTED

UV Disinfection Unit

El
��I VIII 11 1 J I l -IJ lE0ill
ULTRAVIOLET WATER PURIFIERS
Model S2400C
40 GPM
Certified to
NSF/ANSI 61 & 372
9 SINCE 1963
ATLANTIC U ULTRAVIOLET

Since 1963, Atlantic Ultraviolet
Corporation® has pioneered
the discovery and development
of beneficial uses of ultraviolet
energy. Over the years,
these efforts have led to the
development of valuable, cost effective, and environmentally sound techniques
and products now known and respected throughout the world.
The UV Application Specialists at Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation® assist customers
in the selection of germicidal lamps and equipment. Their specialized knowledge is
a valuable resource in formulating effective and cost-conscious ultraviolet solutions.
Extensive inventories and a dedicated staff enable Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation'
to fulfill its commitment to provide fast deliveries and responsive customer service.
�1F�r
�—
ios
�?
Ultraviolet water purification is a unique
and rapid method of water disinfection
without the use of heat or chemicals.
SANITRON' Ultraviolet Purifiers utilize
germicidal ultraviolet lamps that produce
short wave radiation lethal to bacteria,
viruses and other microorganisms
present in water.
Through the years ultraviolet technology
has become well established as a method
of choice for effective and economical
water disinfection.
SANITRON' Ultraviolet Water Purifiers are
the ideal solution for an ever growing range
of water treatment applications.
Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation' equipment
and systems are manufactured in the USA.
ModelS50C
20 GPM Ah
(For larger flow rates, see page 9)
E
Model S23A
6 GPM
Model S17A
3 GPM
® Certified to
NSF°/ANSI 61 & 372
SINCE 1963
RTLRNTIC ULTRRVIOLET
CORPORATION'

Effective
Virtually all microorganisms are GERMICIDAL LAMP IN QUARTZ SLEEVE
susceptible to SANITRON® HEAD CLAMP
ultraviolet disinfection ULTRAVIOLET RAYS5QOUTLET
REMOVEABLE INLET
HEAD OSIGHTo
Economical PORT
Hundreds of gallons are purified EASY-OFFTM
END CAP
for each penny of operating cost
WIPER
LOCK
Safe
No danger of overdosing, no
addition of chemicals
d
Fast ®WI PER
KNOB DRAIN _ WIPER
Water is ready for use as soon ROD PATENTED
STAINLESS WIPER
as it leaves the purifier - no STEEL MECHANISM
CHAMBER
further contact time required
Model S23A ELECTRICAL
Easy 6GPM ENCLOSURE
Simple installation and maintenance—
Compact units require minimum space
Automatic 0 The water enters the purifier and flows into the annular space between the quartz
Provides continuous disinfection sleeve and the chamber wall.
without special attention or measurement
The wiper segments induce turbulence in the flowing liquid to assure uniform
Chemical Free exposure of suspended microorganisms to the lethal ultraviolet rays.
No chlorine taste or corrosion problems 0 Translucent sight port provides positive indication of germicidal lamp operation.
Versatile ® The wiper assembly facilitates periodic cleaning of the quartz sleeve without any
Capacities available from 3 to disassembly or interruption of purifier operation.
416 gallons per minute (GPM)
O Water leaving the purifier is instantly ready for use.
ultraviolet.com • buyultra violet. com
3

Quick Lamp Change
Exclusive EASY -OFF"' End Cap
enables effortless lamp replacement
without shutdown of water pressure or
drainage of tank. No tools required.
Removable Flanged Head
Units disassemble completely and easily in the
event that repairs are necessary. No special tools
or fixtures required. (Models S2400C and larger
feature dual removable heads.)
P
r ' i
;z =
Drain Plug
Convenient, in-place drainage
of purifier chamber.
Wiper Lock
Locks wiper mechanism in retracted position.
Patented Dual Action Wiper Mechanism
Facilitates periodic cleaning of quartz sleeve without
interruption of purifier operation. No disassembly
required. Complies with U.S Public Health Guidelines.
INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
CRYSTAL CLEAR TM Quartz Sleeve
Ensures optimum lamp output at normal potable
water temperatures. (See interior detail page 3.)
Sight Port Plug
Visible glow provides positive indication of
germicidal lamp operation.
W
_. `'
UIiXNY�UIEI p�iER IU0.1FIf
Model S2400C
40 GPM
Type 316 Stainless Steel Construction
Chamber, head, and clamp are made from
electropolished and passivated stainless steel for
an attractive finish and dependable service.
STER-L-RAY' Germicidal Lamp (not shown)
Provides the utmost in quaility, sustained
output, and longevity.
The purifier is installed horizontally as close as possible to the point of use. Connection of the inlet and outlet to water supply and insertion
of power plug into 3 -wire GFCI grounded outlet is all that is required.
Ordinary maintenance consists of cleaning the quartz sleeve with the manual wiper once monthly or more frequently where conditions
dictate. Lamp replacement is recommended every 10,000 hours of operation (approximately 14 months of continuous service).
4
SINCE 1963
RTLRNTIC ULTRRVIOLET
CORPORATION®

PromateTM Audio Alarm
Activated by the SENTRYTM or
GUARDIANTM and alerts user
to any malfunction detected
PromateTM
Elapsed Time Indicator
Real-time, non-resettable
�J display of accumulated
operating hours
of
PromateTM
Solenoid Valve
Operates with the
GUARDIAN TM or SENTRYTM
and prevents flow during
detected malfunctions
PromateTM
Time Delay Mechanism
Operates with GUARDIAN TM
or SENTRYTM and PromateTM
solenoid valve to provide a
2 -minute warm-up period
for lamp to achieve full
germicidal output
SureFLOTM
Flow Control Valve
• Limits water flow to
rated capacities
• Available in PVC and
stainless steel
PromateTM
Wall Mounting Kit
• Stainless steel material
provides professional finish
• Pre -drilled and ready for
quick and easy mounting
of water purifier
• Optimizes free air
circulation to cool
ballast housing
QUANTU MTM
Thermal Optimizer
Used to help regulate the
water temperature inside
the purifier's chamber
Good
"iKA 01
Better
R
The STERALERTTM Lamp Status Alarm monitors visible light emitted through the
sight port plug of the water purifier and activates an audible alarm when visible light
falls below acceptable levels.
• Easy installation, no tools required
• Mounts on the sight port plug
• Operates on a 9v battery
• Monitors the visible light emitted by
the ultraviolet lamp (does not monitor
the ultraviolet intensity)
• Produces a high frequency tone,
pulsed at two to three cycles per
second
• Warns of lamp or power failure
• Available with Remote Sounder
• Available with Dry Contact for
Connection to PLC
• Optional 120v 60Hz Power
Adapter available
• Available for use with all
MIGHTY*PURE° and SANITRON°
models
The SENTRYTM Safety Sensor provides constant monitoring of the water
purifier's ballast and germicidal lamp operation to give an indication of ballast
and germicidal lamp status. The SENTRYTM Safety Sensor is capable of
operating an optional audio alarm and/or solenoid valve.
• Easy installation
• Plug SENTRYTM into an electrical
outlet, then plug water purifier into
SENTRYTM
• Operates optional Solenoid Valve
and/or Audio Alarm
• Easily adaptable for use with other
water purifier brands
• Warns of lamp failure
• Available for 120v 50/60Hz or 220v
50/60Hz (water purifiers operating
with electronic ballasts)
• Available for use with most
Bio -Logic°, MINIPURE°,
MIGHTY*PURE° and SANITRON°
models
BeSt The GUARDIAN TM
Ultraviolet Monitor visually indicates the level of germicidal
ultraviolet energy that penetrates the quartz sleeve and the water within the
disinfection chamber. The GUARDIAN TM Ultraviolet Monitor is capable of operating
an optional Audio Alarm and Solenoid Valve. In addition, the GUARDIAN TM
s
Ultraviolet Monitor will detect loss of ultraviolet due to lamp outage, component
or power failure. Use of the Ultraviolet Monitor is recommended by the US Public
Health Service "Criteria for the Acceptability
of an Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit."
The GUARDIAN TM Ultraviolet Monitor will detect reduction of
ultraviolet levels due to:
• Fouling or deposits on quartz sleeve.
• Poor ultraviolet transmission through
the water. (Color, turbidity, organic
or other impurities in the water
can reduce or interfere with the
transmission of ultraviolet rays.)
• Depreciation of lamp output due to
usage or other cause. Lamp output
gradually depreciates with use.
• Lamp replacement is recommended
once each year.
• Available for use with
all MIGHTYPUREO and
SANITRON° models.
Options may be obtained when purchase of SANITRON° unit is made or added at a later date.
For further details visit Ultraviolet.com and BuyUltraviolet.com.
ultraviolet.com • buyultra violet. com
5

ULTRAVIOLET 1 •
Germicidal lamps provide effective protection against microorganisms. A small cross-section is shown below.
ORGANISM F ALTERNATE NAME Will - III1
ad
Bacillus subtilis spores B. subtilis Bacteria
DOSE*
III
Bacteriophage
Phage
Virus
6,600
Coxsackie virus
Virus
Intestinal infection
6,300
Shigella spores
Bacteria
Bacterial Dysentery
4,200
Escherichia coli
E. coli
Bacteria
Food poisoning
6,600
Fecal coliform
Bacteria
Intestinal infection
6,600
Hepatitis A virus
Infectious Hepatitis virus
Virus
Hepatitis of the liver
8,000
Influenza virus
Flu virus
Virus
Influenza
6,600
Legionella pneumophila
Bacteria
Legionnaires' Disease
12,300
Salmonella typhi
Bacteria
Typhoid Fever
7,000
Staphylococcus aureus
Staph
Bacteria
Food poisoning, Toxic Shock Syndrome, etc.
6,600
Streptococcus spores
Strep
Bacteria
Strep throat
3,800
When used as directed to disinfect clear water, SANITRON® Water Purifiers provide an ultraviolet dosage in excess of 30,000 microwatt seconds
per square centimeter (pWSec/cm2).
* Nominal Ultraviolet dosage (pWSec/cm2) necessary to inactivate better than 99% of specific microorganism. Consult factory for more complete
listing.
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS -
Relative Spectral Energy
Germicidal Effectiveness
Distribution (Typical)
As Related to Wavelength
100
100
N
U)
80
Z
80
W
60
U
60
v1
,^
W
LL
E
c
iz
z 40
N
ur
W
40 N
—
Iw
>
20
E
E E E soo c
Q
20
M
M Ln Ln R
J
W
so 0 Ln
I
cc
0
1 1 1 1
0
200 300 400 500 600 200 225 250 275 300
WAVELENGTH (NANOMETERS) WAVELENGTH (NANOMETERS)
Approximately 95% of the ultraviolet energy emitted from STER-L-RAY® germicidal E
lamps is at the mercury resonance line of 254 nanometers, the region of germicidaleffectiveness most destructive to bacteria, mold, and virus. SINCE 1963
ATLANTIC U ULTRRVIOLET
6 CORPORATION®

STER-L-RAY® Germicidal Lamps are shortwave, low pressure mercury vapor discharge
tubes that produce ultraviolet wavelengths lethal to microorganisms.
STER-L-RAY° Germicidal Lamps are well suited to applications requiring high ultraviolet
intensity such as water purification.
STER-L-RAY° Instant Start Germicidal Lamps are instant starting and utilize a coil
filament on each end which operates hot. Lamp life is governed by the life of the
electrodes and is affected by the frequency of starting.
STER-L-RAY® Preheat Germicidal Lamps are operated by a preheat -start circuit that
employs a compact and economical ballast. The preheat circuit requires four electrical
connections per lamp and a slight to moderate delay is needed to start the lamp.
STER-L-RAY° GX Germicidal Lamps yield up to 2/3 more ultraviolet output than
standard lamps of the same length.
STER-L-RAY' and the STER-L-RAY° logo are trademarks of Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation®.
CAUTION: Exposure to direct or reflected germicidal ultraviolet rays will cause painful eye irritation
and reddening of the skin. Persons subject to such exposure must wear suitable face shield, gloves
and protective clothing.
Instant Start Germicidal Lamps
v;
Preheat Germicidal Lamps i
GX Germicidal Lamps
GERMICIDAL
LAMP DATA
Purifier
ModelNumber •
Nominal
Lamp Length
PowerLamp
Consumption1
Output 2
Effective Life
05-1098-R
S1 7A
11 V (302mm)
14 Watts
4.0 Watts
10,000 Hrs
05-1097-R
S23A
17%" (451mm)
21 Watts
7.3 Watts
10,000 Hrs
05-1343-R
S37C
33%" (860mm)
41 Watts
15.0 Watts
10,000 Hrs
05-1334-R
S50C
45%" (1165mm)
55 Watts
21.0 Watts
10,000 Hrs
05-1311-R @
S2400C & Larger
46%" (1175mm)
110 Watts
48.0 Watts
10,000 Hrs
Wattage is lamp watts only and does not include ballast loss (approximate).
Maximum rated output at 254 nanometers.
Patented by Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation°.
The lamps listed above have been especially developed and are recommended for use with SANITRON® Water Purifiers.
All STER-L-RAY' lamps used in SANITRON® units are low pressure type which afford the maximum efficiency in producing the required germicidal rays.
In addition, has advantage of high efficiency and low power requirements.
ultraviolet.com • buyultra violet. com
7

•
0
App -
Model S37C
12 GPM
Maximum Concentration
Levels Before Ultraviolet
Turbidity 5 NTU
Suspended Solids 10 mg/L
Color None
/ Iron 0.3 mg/L
Manganese 0.05 mg/L
pH 6.5-9.5
Hardness 6 gpg
Effectively treating water with higher
concentration levels than listed above can
be accomplished, but may require added
measures to improve water quality to
treatable levels.
S1 7A
3
180
3/4" (19mm)
05-1098-R
18 Watts
17-3/8
4-5/16
8-3/16
11
8
NPT
(441 mm)
110mm)
(208mm)
S23A
6
360
3/4" (19mm)
05-1097-R
25 Watts
23-3/8
4-5/16
8-3/16
13
12
NPT
(594 mm)
(110mm)
(208mm)
Aft *S37C
12
720
1" (25mm)
05-1343-R
48 Watts
37-3/8
5-11/16
9-1/2
25
25
®
NPT
(949mm)
(144mm)
(241 mm)
® S50C
20
1,200
1-1/2" (38mm)
05-1334-R
65 Watts
50-3/8
5-11/16
9-1/2
34
29
NPT
(1280mm)
(144mm)
(241 mm)
Aft *S2400C
40
2,400
2" (51 mm)
05-1311-R
140 Watts
52-1/8
6-5/8
11-1/8
40
36
®
NPT
(1324mm)
(168mm)
(283mm)
Note: When used as directed to disinfect clear water, SANITRON®
Water Purifiers provide an ultraviolet dosage in excess of 30,000
microwatt seconds per square centimeter (NWSec/cm2).
All inlets and outlets are male pipe threads.
Total power consumption including ballast loss.
® Certified to NSF 0/ANSI 61 & 372
* C E compliant version available
93
• Maximum recommended operating pressure for all purifiers is 100 PSI.
• Pressure drop at maximum recommended flow rate is less than 5 PSI.
• Flow rates are based on Maximum Concentration Levels.
• 120 Volt and 220 Volt units are standard.
• 12 and 24 Volt units are also available for S17A, S23A and S37C
• SANITRON® is available for operation on public power supplied
throughout the world.
• Consult factory with specific power requirements.
• Model S2400C is available with alternate inlet/outlet fittings.
SINCE 1963
RTLRNTIC ULTRRVIOLET
CORPORATION®

FEATURES
[S] - Standard [O] - Optional
[X] - Yes
Bio -Logic®
Pure water Pack T"^
1.5 GPM
MINIPURE®
1 to 9 GPM
Ultimate®
4 to 9 GPM
MIGHTY*PURE®
3 to 20 GPM
SANITRON®
3 to 416 GPM
MEGATRON®
90 to 450 GPM
Chamber Material (Stainless Steel Type)
316
304
304
316
316
316
STER-L-RAY® Germicidal
Ultraviolet Lamp with 10,000 Hours
Rated Effective Life
Quick Lamp Change
with the EASY-OFFTm End Cap
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
—
S
S
S
CRYSTAL CLEAR TM Quartz Sleeve
S
S
S
S
S
S
Lamp Out Indicator Light(s)
S
S
—
—
—
S
Sight Port to View Lamp Operation
—
—
S
S
S
S
Drain Fitting
—
—
—
S
S
S
Dual Action Wiper Mechanism
—
—
—
—
Manual
Manual
or Automatic
Suggested Mount Installation
Horizontal
Horizontal
Vertical
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Removable or Rotatable Heads
S
—
—
—
S
S
Alternate Inlet/Outlet Fittings
—
—
—
—
O
O
Sediment and Carbon Filter
S
—
—
—
—
—
PromateTM Mounting Kit/ Bracket
S
S
S
O
0T
—
GUARDIAN
GUARDIANTM Ultraviolet Monitor
—
—
—
O
O
S
SENTRYim Safety Sensor
O
O
—
O
O
—
PromateTm Audio Alarm
S
S
S
O
O
—
PromateTM Solenoid Valve
—
O
—
O
O
—
SureFLOTm Flow Control Valve
—
O
S
O
O
—
PromateTm Elapsed Time Indicator
O
O
—
O
O
S
PromateTm Time Delay Mechanism
—
O
—
O
O
—
Residential Use
X
X
X
X
X
—
Commercial Use
—
—
—
X
X
X
Industrial Use
—
—
—
—
X
X
C E Certified Models 0
—
—
—
X
X
—
® Certified Models—
—
—
X
X ®
—
1D SANITRON® Model S10,000C through S25,000C come equipped with mounting rack.
zQ MIGHTY*PURE® MP36C and SANITRON® S37C, S2400C, S5000C, S10,000C, S15,000C, S20,000C, and S25,000C are available as CC Certified.
QQ MIGHTY*PURE® MP36C and MP49C are available with NSF®/ANSI 55 for Disinfection Performance, Class B.
® SANITRON® Models S37C, S50C, and S2400C are certified to NSF®/ANSI 61 & 372. Model S2400C is used in modular form to build larger models.
• When used as directed to disinfect clear water, Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation® water purifiers provide an ultraviolet dosage in excess
of 30,000 micro -watt seconds per square centimeter (NWSec/cm2).
• This list depicts options for 120v 50/60Hz operation. Consult factory for options with other power requirements.
ultraviolet.com • buyultraviolet.com

The Standard of Excellence In Ultraviolet
/ 111010000
Manufacturers / Engineers / Sales / Service — Germicidal Ultraviolet - Equipment & Lamps
(� SINCE � ultraviolet.com
flTIRNTIC � ULTRRVIOLIT � b aviolet.com
375 Marcus Boulevard • Hauppauge, NY 11788 • 631.273.0500 • Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail] • Ultraviolet.com • BuyUltraviolet.com
The information and recommendations contained in this publication are based upon data collected by the Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation°
and are believed to be correct. However, no guarantee or warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, is made with respect to the information
contained herein. Specifications and information are subject to change without notice.
MADE IN THE
Document No. 98-1169 • January 2018 ® ©2018 by Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation
1

E� El to Li ,�
J. i fl.
1
ULTRAVIOLET WATER PURIFIERS
Models S2400C, S5,000C — S259000C
High Capacity Systems
Read and Follow All Safety Instructions. Save These Instructions.
Installation, Operation & Maintenance
9 SINCE 1963
ATLANTIC U ULTRAVIOLET
CORPORATION°
Manufacturers / Engineers / Sales / Service
Germicidal Ultraviolet - Equipment & Lamps
375 Marcus Boulevard • Hauppauge, NY 11788
631.273.0500 • Fax: [phone]
Email: [e-mail]
Ultraviolet.com • BuyUltraviolet.com C E
Extensive Product Information Available at:
ultraviolet.com M®
buyultraviolet.com MM
Document No. 98-1132F1 • December 2017 • ©2017 Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation®
Certified to
NSF/ANSI 61 & 372
Our S2400C water
purifier, used to build
Model S5,000C and up,
is certified to NSF O/ANSI
Standard 61 & 372.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETYWARNINGS.......................................................................................................................................................................3
SAFETYINSTRUCTIONS
..............................................................................................................................................................3
SAFETYLABELING........................................................................................................................................................................3
CAUTION...........................................................................................................................................................................................3
PRODUCTAPPLICATION
.............................................................................................................................................................4
CONSTRUCTION....................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
PRINCIPLEOF OPERATION....................................................................................................................................................................................
4
LIMITATIONOF USE..............................................................................................................................................................................................
4
WATERQUALITY.................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
INSTALLATION...............................................................................................................................................................................5
LOCATION.........................................................................................................................................................................................5
INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................................................................... 6-7
RECOMMENDEDOPTIONS................................................................................................................................................................7-8
MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................................................................8
INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................................................................................8
DISPOSALOF MERCURY ADDED LAMP................................................................................................................................................9
QUARTZ SLEEVE CLEANING USING WIPER MECHANISM........................................................................................................................9
LAMP INSTALLATION OR REPLACEMENT.............................................................................................................................................
I0
QUARTZ SLEEVE INSTALLATION OR REPLACEMENT.............................................................................................................................I
I
REPLACEMENT OF BROKEN QUARTZ SLEEVE......................................................................................................................................I2
CLEANING OF OPTIONAL GUARDIAN TM ULTRAVIOLET MONITOR SENSOR PROBE...................................................................................I3
TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................................................................................................................14
OPTIONALACCESSORIES.........................................................................................................................................................14
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................................................................................15
REPLACEMENTPARTS........................................................................................................................................................16-17
HIGHCAPACITY SYSTEMS.......................................................................................................................................................18
DIMENSIONALDATA S2,400C & S5,OOOC.......................................................................................................................................I8
DIMENSIONAL DATA SIO,000C, S15,000C, S20,000C & S25,OOOC...............................................................................................I9
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY..........................................................................................................................................20
MAINTENANCENOTES....................................................................................................................................................... 21-23
USERASSISTANCE.......................................................................................................................................................................24
PATENTNOTICE...............................................................................................................................................................................24
WARRANTY & PRODUCT REGISTRATION...........................................................................................................................24
These instructions generally describe the installation, operation and maintenance of the SANITRON® Model S2400C line of water purifiers.
Models S5,000C and S I O,000C through S25,000C High -Capacity Systems utilize the Model S2400C single lamp water purifier in various
configurations. Questions that are not specifically answered by these instructions should be directed to the Factory. Atlantic Ultraviolet
Corporation' takes all possible precautions when packaging equipment to prevent damage. Carefully inspect and report all damages. Do not
install damaged equipment. Follow all instructions on any labels or tags. Carefully inspect all packing materials before discarding to prevent the
loss of accessories, mounting hardware, spare parts or instructions.
NSF/ANSI 61 is a set of national standards that relates to water treatment and establishes stringent requirements for the control of equipment
that comes in contact with either potable water or products that support the production of potable water. NSF/ANSI 372 was set in 2011 to
establish procedures to meet the 0.25% lead content requirement of the RLDWA (Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act) using a wetted
surface area average calculation or just simply using all no -lead materials for areas in contact with
drinking water. NSF/ANSI 372 includes a broader scope of drinking water products covered by the
law which may not be covered under NSF/ANSI 61 and enables large or complex products and
0
assemblies to achieve certification. SINCE 1963
The information and recommendations contained in this publication are based upon data collected RTLRNTIC ULTRRVIOLET
by the Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation® and are believed to be correct. However, no guarantee
or warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, is made with respect to the information contained
2 herein. Specifications and information are subject to change without notice. CORPORATION°

SAFETY WARNINGS
• All personnel should be alerted to the potential hazards indicated by the product safety labeling on this purifier.
• The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual and on product safety labeling. Failure to
observe precautions could result in injury to people or damage to property.
AThis is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards.
Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.
Danger indicates an IMMINENTLYj Warning indicates a POTENTIALLY
hazardous situation, which, if not AWA R N I N G I hazardous situation, which, if not avoided,
avoided, WILL result in death or COULD result in death or serious injury.
serious injury.
Caution indicates a POTENTIALLY
ACAUTION hazardous situation, which, if not avoided,
MAY result in minor or moderate injury.
AThis symbol/pictorial is used to
identify an ELECTRICAL SHOCK or
ELECTROCUTION hazard.
This symbol/pictorial is used to identify the need
to wear approved ultraviolet blocking eyewear.
This symbol/ pictorial is used to identify the need
to wear protective gloves.
CAUTION Caution used without the safety alert
symbol indicates a potentially hazardous
situation, which, if not avoided, may result
in property damage.
®This symbol/pictorial is used to identify an
ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT hazard.
0 This symbol/pictorial is used to identify the need to
wear approved ultraviolet blocking face shield.
This symbol/pictorial is used to identify components
which must not be disposed of in trash
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
ILWARNINT To guard against injury, basic safety precautions should be observed, including the following:
1. Read and follow ALL safety instructions.
2. Do not use this water purifier for other than its intended purpose as described in this manual.
3. Do not alter design or construction.
4. Do not remove any labels or devices.
5. A, ! 1 To prevent the risk of severe or fatal electrical shock, special precautions must be taken since
water is present near electrical equipment. Always disconnect power before performing any service or maintenance.
6. L AWARNING1 Avoid exposure to direct or reflected germicidal ultraviolet rays. Germicidal ultraviolet rays are
harmful to the eyes and skin.
7. Intended for indoor use only. The water purifier should be protected from the elements and from temperatures below freezing.
8. Do not operate water purifier if lamp cable, lamp connection, power cord and/or plug are damaged, or if any other damage to
the water purifier is visible or suspected
9. Electrical power supplied, to the water purifier, MUST match power requirements listed on the water purifier.
10. ® Plug the water purifier only into an approved ground fault circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacle.
11. zh. Do not operate without proper electrical ground.
12. Do not exceed water purifier's maximum rated flow capacity.
13. Do not exceed maximum operating pressure of 100 PSI.
14. Read and follow all notices and warnings on the water purifier.
15. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS.
SAFETY LABELS
SPNIIHON
NSF
Danger Label: Hazardous Voltage Location of Danger Label
and Ultraviolet Radiation (00-0196A1) (00-0196A1)
CAUTION
It is the user's responsibility to determine and validate the suitability of
this equipment for use in the user's system or process.
No warranty or representation is made by the manufacturer with respect to
suitability or performance of this equipment or to the results that may be
expected from its use.
The user should periodically inspect, clean as necessary and confirm
the presence and good legibility of the product safety labels. Contact
the factory for replacement labels in the event that any of the labels are
missing or illegible.
QHAZARDOUS
VOLTAGE
Turn off and disconnect
power before servicing.
QULTRAVIOLET
RADIATION
Protect ayes antl skin from
a�rect ane rnanea raaiauon.
SPNIIHON
NSF
Danger Label: Hazardous Voltage Location of Danger Label
and Ultraviolet Radiation (00-0196A1) (00-0196A1)
CAUTION
It is the user's responsibility to determine and validate the suitability of
this equipment for use in the user's system or process.
No warranty or representation is made by the manufacturer with respect to
suitability or performance of this equipment or to the results that may be
expected from its use.
The user should periodically inspect, clean as necessary and confirm
the presence and good legibility of the product safety labels. Contact
the factory for replacement labels in the event that any of the labels are
missing or illegible.

PRODUCT APPLICATION
CONSTRUCTION
• The water purifier is designed to mount horizontally.
• The water purifier's dual heads are removable and may be rotated independently. (See "Figure 3 - Recommended Positions
of Inlet/Outlet Fittings in the "Installation" section.) facilitates ease of installation, maintenance or the retrofitting of an
existing system. A drain port on the chamber aids in draining of the purifier.
• The water purifier's chamber and chamber heads are passivated and electropolished type 316 Stainless Steel.
• The ballast housing is a combination of Stainless Steel Type 304 and Aluminum Alloy.
• Coated chambers are available for uses with special applications, consult Factory. Coated chambers are not recommended for
use in drinking water applications or in applications where the treated product is consumed.
• The dual -action wiper mechanism allows for quick and easy quartz sleeve cleaning, without interrupting service.
•
EASY -OFF"' End Caps enable quick and easy lamp change, without disconnecting from the water supply or draining the
purifier. No tools are required. Always disconnect electrical power when changing lamp.
• Certain versions of 220v purifiers have been designed to be CE compliant. These purifiers have been tested to and comply
with the requirements of the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive and the Machinery Directive. The Declaration of
Conformity lists the European Norm (EN) standards to which these purifiers were tested, to demonstrate conformity.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The SANITRON° design has been carefully conceived to provide adequate germicidal dosage throughout the disinfection
chamber. The dosage, as it applies to ultraviolet disinfection, is a function of time and the intensity of ultraviolet radiation to
which the water is exposed. The exposure time, in seconds, is the total time it takes the water to flow through the disinfection
chamber exposing it to the germicidal lamp. Exposure time is related to the flow rate; the higher the flow rate, the lower the
exposure time or the lower the flow rate, the higher the exposure time. The ultraviolet intensity is the amount of energy, per unit
time, emitted by the germicidal lamp. The dosage is the product of ultraviolet intensity and the exposure time. The operation of
the SANITRON® is as follows:
• Water enters the purifier and flows into the annular space between the quartz sleeve and the chamber wall.
• Suspended microorganisms are exposed to the ultraviolet rays emitted by the germicidal lamp.
• The translucent sight port, or optional ultraviolet monitor, provides visual indication of germicidal lamp operation.
• The dual action wiper mechanism facilitates periodic cleaning of the quartz sleeve without disassembly or interruption of
purifier operation.
• Water leaving the purifier is instantly ready for use, no further contact time is required.
LIMITATION OF USE
The water purifier is intended for the use with visually clear water, not colored, cloudy or turbid. See "Water Quality" section
below. The water purifier is NOT intended for the treatment of water that has an obvious contamination or intentional source,
such as raw sewage; nor is the purifier intended to convert wastewater to microbiologically safe drinking water.
WATER QUALITY
Water quality plays a major role in the transmission of germicidal ultraviolet rays. It is recommended that the water does not
exceed the following maximum concentration levels:
Table 1 - Maximum Concentration Levels
Turbidity
< 1 NTU
Manganese
0.05 mg/1
Total Suspended Solids
10 mg /1
pH:
6.5-9.5
Color:
None
Hardness
6 GPG or 102.6 PPM
Iron
0.3 mg/1
Tannins:
< 0.1 ppm (0.1 mg/1)
UV Transmission
>85% per cm*
Effectively treating water with higher concentration levels
than listed on Table 1 can be accomplished, but may require
added measures to improve water quality to treatable levels.
If, for any reason, it is believed the ultraviolet transmission is
not satisfactory, contact the factory.
* Contact Factory for recommendations on applications
where UV transmission is < 85%

INSTALLATION
1. The water purifier is intended for indoor use only. The water purifier is designed to mount horizontally. The water purifier
should be protected from the elements and from temperatures below freezing. The ambient temperature, in the area
surrounding the water purifier, should be between 35° F and 100° F.
2. Electrical power supplied to the water purifier MUST match power requirements listed on the water purifier. Use of a
voltage surge protector is recommended.
3. zt. CAUTION Plug water purifier only into an approved ground fault circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacle.
4. The water purifier should be located in a dry, well -lit area, which provides enough room to perform routine maintenance.
This includes a minimum distance of one chamber length from the wiper end, to allow for cleaning and/or the changing
of the lamp and quartz sleeve as well as a minimum of 6" on the opposite end of the water purifier. Minimum
clearance to floor 18".
5. The water purifier should always be located closest to the point of use. This reduces the chance of the purified water being
re -contaminated by bacteria in the water distribution system after the water purifier.
6. CAUTION As with any water handling device, the water purifier should be located in an area where any possible
condensation or leakage from the water purifier, any purifier accessory and/or plumbing will not result in damage to the area
surrounding the water purifier. For added protection, it is recommended that a suitable drain pan be installed under
the purifier. The drain pan must be plumbed to an adequate, free flowing drain to prevent water damage in event of
a leak. There are numerous leak detection/flood stop devices, available on the market today, designed to stop flow
of water, reducing the chance of water damage due to leakage. For more details regarding leak prevention and/or
limiting damages due to leaks please contact factory.
7. The water purifier should be located after all other water devices, such as De -ionizers, Water Softeners, Carbon Filters,
Pre -Filters, Reverse Osmosis, Pressure Tanks, and Pumps. This eliminates the possibility of the purified water being
re -contaminated by bacteria in any of these purifiers.
Figure 1 - SANITRON° Drawing (S5,000C shown) with options and extra components
Solenoid Valve* Union/Flow Control Valve (80 GPM)*
2" Elbow (2 -Places)*
2" Close Nipple (4 -Places)*
2" Union* Interconnect Piping
Guardian UV(supplied with S5,000C & Up)
Monitor*
2" Valve*
* Extra Components (not included with SANITRON® )

IN ORDER TO
TO WAR THE
NG
1 U EQUIPMENT:SAFEE PERFORM GOGGLES ORA FACE SHIE DEAS WELL FOLLOW
AS GLOV S•SAFETY
1. Remove water purifier from shipping carton. Inspect water purifier, power cord and plug for damage. Do not operate if there
is any damage to the purifier, power cord or plug. SANITRON® Model S2400C is shipped with the lamp packed separately.
Keep the lamp aside for installation once the purifier has been properly installed.
2. Purifiers occasionally experience damage in shipment due to the fragility of the quartz sleeve. It is, therefore, recommended
to inspect the water purifier for damage to the quartz sleeve after it has been removed from the shipping carton. Each end of
the purifier as well as the inlet and outlet should be viewed to see if the quartz sleeve has experienced damage. If the quartz
sleeve shows signs of damage it should be replaced before the purifier is pressurized. See "Quartz Sleeve Installation or
Replacement" in the "Maintenance" section for the proper method of replacing the quartz sleeve in your water purifier.
Figure 2 - Recommended Installation
Note: Solenoid plugs into the top Use of Metal Pipe is recommended for connecting to
of the Time Delay, and the Time both the purifier inlet and outlet 12" past the first elbow.
Delay into the Ultraviolet Monitor OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT: (avoids ultraviolet degradation of exposed plastic pipe)
—„-
+- Two Minute Time Delay
POINT
OF USE
(POU)
Ultraviolet
Water Purifiers
should be installed
closest to the
point of use.
t— 12' Manual Wiper —lo I �t�� e p --0- A(--
so°
6"Minimum -�� r -'h Clearance for
Recommended Minimum Clearance GlandLcess
For Lamp or Quartz Sleeve Removal gra_
Ultraviolet Water Purifier
Wall Mounting Kit ---- 1�
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
3. The water purifier's dual chamber heads are removable and may be rotated independently, which aids in the installation,
maintenance or the retrofitting of an existing system.
Figure 3 - Recommended Installation
3 O'CLOCK 6 O'CLOCK 9 O'CLOCK
o ® o 0
Note: DO NOT rotate head so wiper knob is at 12 o'clock position
4. The water purifier should be mounted horizontally on a flat dry surface. Secure the water purifier using the mounting
holes in the ballast housing or with the optional wall mounting kit. The purifier should not be solely supported by its
plumbing connections.
Cold Water Line
Solenoid Valve
Flow Control Valve
Elbow —11
Incoming COMMON
Water PRE-TREATMENT or
Supply PUMPING DEVICES1�t—Elbow
1. Deicnizer
Outlet Line to
2. Water Softener
point of use
3. Carbon Filters (GAC)
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT:
to be as short
4. Pressure Tank
5. Pump
6. Reverse Osmosis
t— 5 Micron Filter
• Ultraviolet Monitor
Audio Alarm
as possible
7. Prefilters
Valve 0
l Valve
Ultraviolet Water
Purifiers should be
installed closest to
Union
t— Union
the point of use. (POU)
POINT
OF USE
(POU)
Ultraviolet
Water Purifiers
should be installed
closest to the
point of use.
t— 12' Manual Wiper —lo I �t�� e p --0- A(--
so°
6"Minimum -�� r -'h Clearance for
Recommended Minimum Clearance GlandLcess
For Lamp or Quartz Sleeve Removal gra_
Ultraviolet Water Purifier
Wall Mounting Kit ---- 1�
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
3. The water purifier's dual chamber heads are removable and may be rotated independently, which aids in the installation,
maintenance or the retrofitting of an existing system.
Figure 3 - Recommended Installation
3 O'CLOCK 6 O'CLOCK 9 O'CLOCK
o ® o 0
Note: DO NOT rotate head so wiper knob is at 12 o'clock position
4. The water purifier should be mounted horizontally on a flat dry surface. Secure the water purifier using the mounting
holes in the ballast housing or with the optional wall mounting kit. The purifier should not be solely supported by its
plumbing connections.

5. The water purifier must be connected to the cold waterline only. Inlet water temperature should not exceed 100°F
6. Installation requires that a 5 -micron sediment filter or finer be installed, in line, prior to the water purifier. The sediment filter
will stop or trap large particulates from entering the water purifier. Particulates may cause deposits on the quartz sleeve, as
well as interfere with the purifier's ability to disinfect the water. The sediment filter may also help to reduce the amount of
routine cleanings of the quartz sleeve.
7. Shut off valves should be installed on both the inlet and outlet sides of the water purifier. The use of bypass valves is not
recommended. The shut off valves allow the purifier to be isolated from the water supply, which is required when removing
the quartz sleeve.
8. Unions should be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the water purifier; this will allow easy removal of the water purifier
from the plumbing, if required. Apply Teflon® tape to threads of inlet and outlet ports to ensure a tight seal.
9. When all plumbing connections are complete, allow water to enter the water purifier at a low flow rate, until the purifier is
full. NOTE: Close the purifier outlet valve to pressurize the chamber. With the purifier pressurized, it should be checked
for leaks. Once it is determined that there are no leaks, the inlet valve can be fully opened.
10. For Models with lamps packed separately, install lamp following the steps in "Lamp Installation or Replacement" section.
ACAUTION Lamp and quartz sleeve are easily damaged. Exercise care when handling.
it. OLAWARNING� Plug water purifier into approved ground fault circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacle. Confirm
lamp operation indication at sight port.
12. Once the plumbing hook ups are made, it is a good practice to disinfect the "downstream" plumbing between the purifier
and point of use. This is done by introducing chlorine or other disinfectant solution into the purifier chamber, a 100 -ppm of
chlorine is suggested. With the disinfectant in the purifier chamber, turn the ultraviolet purifier on. Open the "downstream"
outlet until a chlorine or disinfectant solution odor is noticed. Close the outlet and allow the disinfectant to remain in the
plumbing for three (3) hours. Flush the plumbing with ultraviolet purified water; allow the water to run for a minimum of 5
minutes prior to use (to ensure no chlorine or disinfectant smell can be detected). This will allow the chlorine or disinfectant
solution to be flushed from the pipes.
RECOMMENDED OPTIONS
1. GUARDIANT"' Ultraviolet Monitor*: Visually indicates the level of germicidal ultraviolet energy that penetrates the quartz
sleeve and the water within the water purifier. The ultraviolet monitor is capable of operating an optional PromateT", Audio
Alarm and/or PromateT`" Solenoid Valve. The ultraviolet monitor will detect reduction of ultraviolet levels due to:
• Fouling or deposits on the quartz sleeve.
• Poor ultraviolet transmission through the water; color, turbidity, and organic or other impurities in the water can reduce
or interfere with the transmission of ultraviolet rays.
• Lamp outage or component failure. (Monitor will not function in power outage.)
• Depreciation of the lamp output due to usage or other cause. Lamp output gradually depreciates with use. Lamp
replacement is recommended once each year.
2. SENTRY" Safety Sensor: Indicators provide constant visual monitoring of normal operation. In the event of ballast or lamp
failure the safety sensor indicates an alarm condition. The safety sensor is capable of operating an optional PromateT' Audio
Alarm and/or PromateT"" Solenoid Valve.
3. STERALERTT" Lamp Status Alarm: Produces a high pitched, pulsed tone when the water purifier is no longer functioning
when visible light fails.
4. SureFLO"' Flow Control Valve*: Limits water flow to the rated capacity of the purifier. The flow control valve is located
in line prior to the water purifier, and should be protected from ultraviolet exposure by the use of a 90 -degree elbow fitting
between the flow control valve and the water purifier.
5. PromateTm Audio Alarm*: Activated by the Ultraviolet Monitor or Safety Sensor, alerts the user to
any malfunction detected.
6. PromateT"" Solenoid Valve*: Operated in conjunction with the Ultraviolet Monitor, Safety Sensor or Time Delay
Mechanism, this valve prevents water flow through the water purifier when an abnormal condition is detected
or in the event of power failure.
7. PromateT"" Elapsed Time Indicator: A non-resettable display of the water purifier operating hours. Useful for scheduling
and recording maintenance and lamp replacement.
8. PromateT"" Time Delay Mechanism*: Provides a 2 -minute warm up period during which the ultraviolet lamp achieves its
full germicidal output before the water is allowed to flow through the water purifier. The time delay mechanism is used in
conjunction with, and is electrically connected to the Solenoid Valve. ("Recommended Options" Continued on Page 8)

9. PromateT"" Wall Mount Kit: Model S2400C Stainless steel wall brackets provide quick and easy installation and
professional finish. Pre -drilled and ready to install. Optimizes free air circulation to cool ballast housing.
10. QUANTUMTm Thermal Optimizer: Thermal relief valve used to help regulate the water temperature inside the water
purifier's disinfection chamber. Since the relative ultraviolet output, of a germicidal lamp, is affected by temperature it is
important to keep the lamp's temperature within the peak output temperature range.
11. PromateTM Safety Goggles: Safety eyewear should be used as general-purpose safety protection and for additional shielding
from ultraviolet rays.
12. PromateTm Face Shield: Adjustable headgear and lightweight visor provides eye and face protection from
germicidal ultraviolet rays.
* Use of this option is recommended by U.S. Public Health Service "Criteria for Acceptability of an Ultraviolet Disinfection
Unit." Originally issued April, 1966.
NOTE: The recommended options above are available from Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation® or a distributor of their
products. For the other devices that may be required for your application, please contact your local water treatment
dealer, plumber or plumbing supplier.
MAINTENANCE
The water purifier is designed to operate with a minimal amount of maintenance, providing the water quality does not exceed
maximum concentration levels, see "Water Quality" in the "Product Application" section. Ordinary maintenance consists of.
Lamp replacement is recommended every 10,000 hours of operation, approximately 12 months of continuous service.
• Cleaning of the quartz sleeve, when conditions warrant. It is recommended that the inspection of quartz sleeve be performed
after one month of use. If quartz sleeve is found to be coated (not clear), then frequency of cleaning must be done more often.
Deposits or discoloration on the surface of quartz sleeve are caused by excessive levels of the subject contaminant within
the water that is in contact with the quartz sleeve. Most deposits on the quartz sleeve are caused by an excess of calcium
(hardness), iron or manganese. Table 1 on Page 4 lists the maximum recommended concentration of these minerals in the
water that passes through the ultraviolet purifier. If you encounter difficulty due to deposits on the quartz sleeve, your dealer
will be able to recommend suitable pretreatment to reduce or eliminate the offending contaminant. If quartz sleeve is clean
(clear) then frequency of cleaning may be extended. NOTE: SANITRON® Ultraviolet water purifiers are equipped with
a manual wiping mechanism making the process of routine cleaning easier and therefore, recommended weekly or at
the very least monthly to insure your performance. NOTE: The use of optional GUARDIAN"' Ultraviolet Monitor will
detect loss of transmission due to coating on the quartz sleeve.
Always disconnect the water supply and completely drain the water purifier if it will be subjected to temperatures below freezing.
• Contact factory with questions.
1. Regularly inspect the water purifier to ensure that the germicidal lamp is still in operation.
• On purifiers not equipped with the Ultraviolet Monitor, lamp operation can be verified by a visible glow through
the translucent sight port. This provides an indication of lamp operation and does not indicate the level of ultraviolet
intensity or transmission through the water.
• On purifiers so equipped, the GUARDIAN"' Ultraviolet Monitor provides visual indication of the ultraviolet intensity
through the quartz sleeve and water in the purifier chamber.
2. To ensure proper operation of the water purifier, regular biological testing of the purifier output water should be performed
on a schedule recommended by local public health authorities, or at minimum; at installation, quarterly for the first year of
service and annually, at lamp replacement, for the life of the water purifier.
3. Additional testing should be performed whenever modifications, change, or additions are made to plumbing system, pumps,
well source water etc. to ensure adequate disinfection under new condition.
4. As with any water purifier installation, routine maintenance is necessary to ensure you equipment is operating correctly.
Regular inspection must also include confirmation that approved ground fault circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacle is still
operational and that water purifier is plugged into this GFCI. Any components which are damaged or broken should be replaced.

DISPOSAL OF MERCURY ADDED LAMPS
Germicidal ultraviolet lamps, like standard fluorescent lamps contain small amounts of mercury. Mercury added
lamps should not be placed in the trash. Dispose of properly. For further information regarding the disposal and
recycling of lamps containing mercury, along with Federal and State requirements visit LampRecycle.org. For more
information on STER-L-RAY® Germicidal Ultraviolet Lamps, visit Ultraviolet.com or BuyUltraviolet.com.
QUARTZ SLEEVE CLEANING USING WIPER MECHANISM
Figure 4 - Quartz Sleeve Cleaning
Step 1 - Lift wiper clip up
Step 2 - Gently pull wiper knob out
Step 3 - Push wiper back in
Routine cleaning of the quartz sleeve is easily accomplished, using the dual action wiper mechanism.
1. Lift wiper clip up and away from wiper rod.
2. Grasp wiper knob and gently pull out, away, from the purifier until it reaches its stop.
3. Push wiper back in, toward the purifier until it reaches its second stop.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as necessary.
5. Holding wiper in place, return wiper clip and snap over wiper rod, in front of the wiper lock spacer.
9
r
T'
SWIPER
CLIP
/V
l`
DYNAMICGLAND
WIPER LOCK
WIPER
LOCK SPACER
pkv WIPER ROD
SO & KNOB
114\9m¢
Step 1 - Lift wiper clip up
Step 2 - Gently pull wiper knob out
Step 3 - Push wiper back in
Routine cleaning of the quartz sleeve is easily accomplished, using the dual action wiper mechanism.
1. Lift wiper clip up and away from wiper rod.
2. Grasp wiper knob and gently pull out, away, from the purifier until it reaches its stop.
3. Push wiper back in, toward the purifier until it reaches its second stop.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as necessary.
5. Holding wiper in place, return wiper clip and snap over wiper rod, in front of the wiper lock spacer.
9

LAMP INSTALLATION OR REPLACEMENT
Figure 5 - Lamp Replacement
CHAMBER
STATIC
GLAND NUT
GERMICIDAPF*'O'
LAM
LAMP SOCKET
& LEAD WIRE
EASY OFF
ENDCAP
rr71
Step 3 - Withdraw Lamp
1
Step 2 - Remove End Cap
Step 4 & 5 - Remove Sockets Step 6 - Remove Lamp
Q O 0 IN ORDER TO PERFORM THIS TASK, BE SURE TO WEAR THE FOLLOWING SAFETY
EQUIPMENT: SAFETY GOGGLES ORA FACE SHIELD, AS WELL AS GLOVES.
A
1. ® AWARNINI Disconnect power to water purifier.
2. Remove both EASY -OFF'" End Caps by pulling each cap off static gland nut. Slide each end cap along the wire away from
the socket.
3. Carefully withdraw lamp approximately 2 inches from chamber while feeding lamp socket and lead wire on opposite end
of chamber.
4. While holding lamp end, carefully remove lamp socket on end now exposed.
5. Next, carefully slide lamp back into chamber, until approximately 2 inches of the lamp is exposed on the opposite end. Hold
lamp and remove lamp socket.
6. Lamp should now be disconnected on both ends. Carefully remove lamp from chamber. Be sure to withdraw lamp straight
out without angling until completely clear of quartz sleeve.
ACAUTION Lamp and quartz sleeve are easily damaged. Exercise care when handling.
7. Rcinstall lamp in reverse order.
AWARNIN10 Germicidal ultraviolet rays are harmful to eyes and skin. Do not restore power to water purifier until
lamp and both EASY -OFF'' End Caps have been properly reinstalled.
mi

QUARTZ .SLEEVE INSTALLATION OR REPLACEMENT
Figure 6 - Quartz Sleeve Installation or Replacement
O-RING
QUARTZ
SLEEVE
SLEEVE
1
O-RING
TEFLON ING
WASHER /�
STATIC r ` y
GLAND NUT J\
GERMICIDAL
LAMP
\
LAMP SOCKET
& LEAD WIRE
EASY OFF
END CAP
\ ryi
Step 4 - Remove Gland Nuts Step 5 - Remove Washer & O -Ring
Step 6 - Remove Quartz Sleeve
0 0 IN LLOWING
EQUIPMENT: TER O SAFETY GOGGLES ORA FACRM THIS TASY, BE E SHIE DTO E AS WELLAR THE AS GLOV S,SAFETY
1. QQ Disconnect power to water purifier.
2. Shut off water supply to water purifier via inlet and outlet shut off valves. Drain chamber. Once the chamber is completely
drained, remove any old sealing tape from the threads of the drain plug, rewrap with 1/2" wide Teflon® thread sealing tape,
reinstall and tighten the drain plug.
3. Follow the steps in "Lamp Installation or Replacement" to remove lamp.
ACAUTION Lamp and quartz sleeve are easily damaged. Exercise care when handling.
4. Unscrew static gland nuts from each end of the chamber. Avoid striking quartz sleeve with static gland nut.
5. Remove Teflon® washer and O -Ring from both ends of quartz sleeve. Teflon° washer will sometimes remain within the static
gland nut. If so, remove Teflon® washer from static gland nut before proceeding.
6. Carefully remove quartz sleeve from chamber. NOTE: It is advisable to support the quartz sleeve on the opposite end
with your finger so that it does not drop to the bottom of the chamber as it slides into the chamber.
7. Once the quartz sleeve is removed, clean with alcohol or a mild, non-abrasive detergent. Stubborn stains usually can be
removed with a dilute hydrochloric acid. NOTE: Follow all manufacturer's instructions and precautions
when handling chemicals.
8. Reassemble in reverse order. Make sure the quartz sleeve protrudes an equal distance past each threaded nipple. Be sure
O -Rings are placed on quartz sleeve before Teflon® washer.
9. Tighten static gland nuts firmly by hand only, DO NOT USE HAND TOOLS. Tightening with hand tools is likely to cause
quartz sleeve to break.
10. Slowly restore water supply to water purifier and check for leaks.
11. If no leaks occur, reinstall lamp, following the steps in "Lamp Installation or Replacement" section.
rAWARNINiT Germicidal ultraviolet rays are harmful to eyes and skin. Do not restore power to water purifier
until lamp and both EASY -OFF'" End Caps have been properly reinstalled.

REPLACEMENT OF BROKEN QUARTZ SLEEVE
Figure 7 - Quartz Sleeve
CHAM
HEAD
QUARTZ
SLEEVE
\
O-RING \
TEFLON
WASHER /�
STATIC
GLAND NUT J\
GERMICIDAL
LAMP
\
LAMP SOCKET
& LEAD WIRE
EASY OFF
END CAP
oft..
WIPER ROD
CHAMBER ASSEMBLY
HEAD CLAMP ntI
O-RING
BER
ft
IN
DER TO
RM THIS TASK, BE
TO WE
THE FLLOWING
O O EQUIPMENT: N : AFEE Y GOGGLES ORA FACE SHIELD, AS WELLAS GLOVES,SAFETY
,&CAUTION Broken Quartz is SHARP. It is recommended that protective goggles and gloves are worn when handling.
Q&WARNING Disconnect power to water purifier. Shut off water supply to water purifier via inlet and outlet
shut-off valves. Completely drain chamber.
Follow the steps in "Quartz Sleeve Installation or Replacement' to remove lamp and quartz sleeve.
1. To prevent damage to the electrical components, it is necessary to separate the ballast housing from the purifier chamber.
• On SANITRON® Model S2400C the ballast housing is mounted to the purifier chamber using four (4) 1/4"-20 x 3/8"
long hex head bolts. Using a 7/16" wrench or an adjustable wrench, carefully remove the four (4) bolts with the lock and
flat washers, from along the top of the ballast housing, and set aside. Separate the housing from the chamber.
• Keep ballast housing and mounting hardware in a clean, dry area.
2. ,&CAUTION Carefully remove as much of the broken quartz sleeve as possible, from each end of the chamber.
3. Remove chamber head clamp, by using a 7/16" wrench to loosen and remove the 1/4" nut from the head clamp.
4. Withdraw chamber head and wiper assembly, from the chamber.
5. Any broken pieces of the quartz sleeve can now be removed through the open end of the purifier chamber. Flush water
through chamber being careful to remove all quartz fragments from the interior of the chamber.
6. Carefully discard all pieces of the broken quartz sleeve.
7. Inspect the large O -Ring used to seal the chamber and the chamber head. Make sure the O -Ring is seated properly between
the chamber head ring and the flare of the chamber head.
8. Insert replacement quartz sleeve through each Teflon® wiper segment, starting from the furthest segment working towards the
chamber head. Twisting the quartz sleeve will help work the quartz sleeve through the Teflon® segments. Align the end of the
quartz sleeve with the threaded gland nipple of the chamber head, and pass the quartz sleeve through the chamber head.
9. To re -install, carefully slide the chamber head and wiper rod assembly, into the chamber, with drain port pointing down; using
your finger, support the far end of the quartz sleeve when passing it through the gland fitting of the chamber. Push chamber
head flange into the chamber until flared end, of the chamber and the head, mate against the O -Ring.
10. Replace the head clamp around the flared end of the head and chamber. Install the 1/4" nut and tighten, using a 7/16" wrench,
until approximately 3/4" to 7/8" of the bolt protrudes past the nut.
11. Center the quartz sleeve in the chamber, making sure the quartz sleeve protrudes an equal distance past each threaded gland
fitting, of the chamber. (Continued on Page 13)
12

12. Re -install O -Rings, Teflon® washers, and static gland nuts. Be sure O -Rings are placed on quartz sleeve before Teflon®
washer. Tighten static gland nuts firmly by hand only, DO NOT USE HAND TOOLS. Tightening with hand tools is likely
to cause quartz sleeve to break.
13. Re -assemble ballast housing to purifier chamber, using hardware removed in Step 1. NOTE: When re -assembling ballast
housing to purifier chamber, electrical power cord should exit ballast housing from the end mounted opposite the drain plug.
14. When all connections are complete, allow water to enter the water purifier at a low flow rate until the purifier is pressurized.
With the purifier pressurized, it should be checked for leaks.
15. See "Lamp Installation or Replacement" section on Page 10 to properly re -install the lamp into the water purifier.
OPTIONAL GUARDIANTm ULTRAVIOLET MONITOR SENSOR PROBE CLEANING
Figure 8 - Ultraviolet Monitor and Sensor Probe Figure 9 - Sensor Probe
CHAMBER
I �n�poYrn�rio�n
GUARDIAN° rAA ofrMoroA
ALUMINUM COLLARS
WITH SET SCREWS
SENSOR PROBE BODY �/ 1
hL S f
SENSOR PROBE BODY
O-RING
O-RING
QUARTZ ROD
O-RING
SENSOR PROBE CAP
If, after cleaning the quartz sleeve, there is no significant improvement in the ultraviolet intensity, as shown on the intensity meter,
it may be necessary to clean the Ultraviolet Monitor's sensor probe. The sensor probe body mounts in a fitting, located in the
center of the disinfection chamber, and protrudes into the chamber.
I. Q AWARNING Disconnect power to water purifier.
2. Shut off water supply to the water purifier via the inlet and outlet shut off valves. Remove drain plug and drain the chamber.
Once the chamber is drained, remove any old sealing tape from the threads of the drain plug, rewrap with 1/2" wide Teflon®
thread sealing tape, reinstall and tighten the drain plug.
3. Disconnect power to the Ultraviolet Monitor; remove from chamber by loosening the two set screws on the aluminum collar
and lifting it free from probe body.
4. Unscrew the sensor probe and remove from the chamber.
5. Remove the quartz rod sensor probe cap, from the probe body. Take care not to damage the quartz rod, O -Ring or the threads
of the probe body. NOTE: It is recommended, when servicing the sensor probe, to work in a clean, dry area.
6. Once the quartz rod is removed, clean with alcohol or a mild detergent, and rinse with clean water. Stubborn stains usually
can be removed with a dilute hydrochloric acid. NOTE: Follow all manufacturer's instructions and precautions when
handling chemicals. Once the quartz rod has been cleaned, handle the rod by the sides, to avoid getting fingerprints on the
quartz rod faces.
7. Clean the probe body, by removing any dirt or deposits on all surfaces. O -Rings should be inspected and can be replaced if
worn or damaged.
8. Reassemble, replacing the O -Rings, quartz rod and securing in place with the quartz rod sensor probe cap. Tighten the quartz
rod sensor probe cap by hand only, DO NOT USE HAND TOOLS. Tightening with hand tools may damage the quartz rod
or O -Ring seal.
9. Reinstall sensor probe into the center fitting of the chamber and hand tighten.
10. Slowly restore water supply to the water purifier, pressurize, and check for leaks. Once it is determined that there are no
leaks, inlet valve can be fully opened.
11. Reposition Ultraviolet Monitor on probe body and tighten set screws.
12. Restore power to the water purifier and ultraviolet monitor. If after the cleaning of the quartz rod, there is still no significant
improvement in the ultraviolet intensity, as shown on the intensity meter, proceed to the "Troubleshooting" section.
13

TROUBLESHOOTING
®j AWARNIN(1 Always disconnect power to the water purifier before performing any service or maintenance.
IMPORTANT: This purifier is to be serviced ONLY by qualified, and appropriately licensed, personnel.
Table 2 - Troubleshooting
Problem
Possible Cause
Corrective Action
Purifier not operating
No electrical power
Verify that the purifier is connected to a live
STERALERTTm Lamp Status Alarm
S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C
power source.
S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C
PromateTA° Elapsed Time Indicator Universal Input
Shut down purifier, drain, and replace quartz
PromateTm Time Delay Mechanism
Cracked or broken quartz sleeve
sleeve. See "Quartz Sleeve Installation or
S2400C
PromateTM Solenoid Valve - (1-1/2") OO
Replacement" in the "Maintenance" section.
PromateTM Solenoid Valve - (2") (
Shut down purifier, drain, and remove static
SureFLOTPA Flow Control - PVC (2") ©
S2400C
Quartz sleeve sealing O-Ring(s)
gland nut, replace sealing O -Ring. See "Quartz
Water leaking from purifier
worn, damaged
Sleeve Installation or Replacement" in the
"Maintenance" section.
Tighten suspect connection or fitting; or shut
Poor, or loose, connections or fittings
down purifier, drain, and remove fitting or
connection. Clean threads; reapply thread sealing
tape and reinstall.
Quartz sleeve fouled
Clean quartz sleeve, see "Quartz Sleeve
Cleaning" in the "Maintenance" Section.
Sensor Probe, if equipped, lens or
Clean lens or Quartz Rod, see "Optional
quartz rod fouled
Ultraviolet Monitor Sensor Probe Cleaning" in
the "Maintenance" section.
Replace lamp, as it nears its end of life (EOL).
Poor purifier disinfection performance AND/OR Low
Germicidal lamp output depreciating
See "Lamp Installation or Replacement' in the
UV intensity (As indicated on optional GUARDIAN TM
"Maintenance" section.
Ultraviolet Monitor)
Germicidal lamp not functioning
Replace lamp. See "Lamp Installation or
Replacement' in the "Maintenance" section.
Low input voltage
Verify input voltage to purifier.
Have water tested to confirm that it does not
Change in water quality
exceed maximum recommended concentration
levels for use with this purifier.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Table 3 - Optional Accessories
Optional Accessories
Available For:
GUARDIAN TM Ultraviolet Monitor - Analog/Digital
S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C
SENTRYT"" Safety Sensor
S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C
STERALERTTm Lamp Status Alarm
S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C
PromateTm Audio Alarm
S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C
PromateTA° Elapsed Time Indicator Universal Input
S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C
PromateTm Time Delay Mechanism
S2400C, S5,000C - S25,000C
PromateTM Wall Mounting Kit
S2400C
PromateTM Solenoid Valve - (1-1/2") OO
S2400C
PromateTM Solenoid Valve - (2") (
S5,000C - S25,000C
SureFLOTPA Flow Control - PVC (2") ©
S2400C
SureFLOTm Flow Control Valve - Stainless Steel (2") OO
S2400C
SureFLOTPA Flow Control Valve - PVC (2" Union) ©
S5,000C - S25,000C
14
Most options are available for
operation at 120v 601-lz or 220v 501-1z.
Please specify.
Not all options may be available
for all models, consult factory for
availability.
OO Solenoid requires 2-150 PSI for
satisfactory operation.
OO Unless otherwise specified PVC
flow control valves are supplied.
All PVC and Stainless Steel flow
control valves are male NPT.
Consult Factory for other flow
control valves.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table 4 - Technical Specifications
Model:
S2400C ®
*S5,000C
*S10,000C
*S15,000C
*S20,000C
*S25,000C
Flow Rate (GPM):
40
83
166
250
333
416
Flow Rate (GPH):
2400
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
Inlet\Outlet Size:
2"m NPT
2"m NPT
2"m NPT
2"m NPT
2"m NPT
2"m NPT
Number of Lamps:
1
2
4
6
8
10
Lamp Model No.:
05-1311-R
05-1311-R
05-1311-R
05-1311-R
05-1311-R
05-1311-R
Length:
52-1/8"
52-1/8"
52-1/8"
52-1/8"
52-1/8"
52-1/8"
Width:
6-9/16"
17"
17"
21-1/8"
21-1/8"
21-1/8"
Height:
11-1/8"
15"
34-3/4"
53-1/4"
71-3/4"
90-1/4"
Chamber Diameter:
5-1/2"
5-1/2"
5-1/2"
5-1/2"
5-1/2"
5-1/2"
Shipping Weight:
49 Lbs
116 Lbs
267 Lbs
400 Lbs
534 Lbs
670 Lbs
Voltage: TO
120V
120V
120V
120V
120V
120V
Amps:
1.17A
2.34A
4.68A
7.02A
9.36A
11.7A
Frequency:
60Hz
60Hz
60Hz
60Hz
60Hz
60Hz
Power Consumption: TO
140 Watts
280 Watts
560 Watts
840 Watts
1120 Watts
1400 Watts
Lamp Watts:
110 Watts
220 Watts
440 Watts
660 Watts
880 Watts
1100 Watts
Max Operating Pressure:
100 PSI
100 PSI
100 PSI
100 PSI
100 PSI
100 PSI
Ambient Temperature:
35° F - 100° F
35° F - 100° F
35° F - 100° F
35° F - 100° F
35° F - 100° F
35° F - 100° F
Quartz Sleeve:
1
2
4
6
8
10
Drain Plug:
1/4" NPT
1/4" NPT
1/4" NPT
1/4" NPT
1/4" NPT
1/4" NPT
Lamp Out Indicator•
Translucent
Sight Port
Translucent
Sight Port
Translucent
Sight Port
Translucent
Sight Port
Translucent
Sight Port
Translucent
Sight Port
Ultraviolet Monitor: TO
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Flow Control Valve: TO
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Audio Alarm: TO
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Solenoid Valve: TO
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Time Delay Mechanism: TO
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Elapsed Time Indicator:
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
O 220V 50Hz, 220V 60Hz purifiers are also available. Consult Factory for specific voltage requirements.
TO Use of this option is recommended by U.S. Public Health Service "Criteria for Acceptability of an Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit."
Originally issued April, 1966.
TO Total power consumption, including ballast loss (based on 120V purifier).
All specifications, dimensional data, etc. are approximate and subject to change without notice.
*Our S2400C water purifier, used to build this model, is certified to ®/ANSI Standard 61 & 372.
All above models are available with alternate inlet/outlet fittings.
15

REPLACEMENT PARTS
SANITRON° Model S2400C
220-240v
0
Figure 10 - Exploded View S2400C
16
220-240v CE/RoHS
23 E
\> 21
36
IEy

Table 5 - Replacement Parts S2400C
Item No.
Description
120v/6011z
220-240v/50Hz
CE/BoHS 220-240v
Qty
Part Number
Qty
Part Number
Qty
Part Number
1
EASY OFF"' End Cap
2
25-0389A
2
25-0389A
2
25-0389A
2
Rubber O -Ring, Static Gland
2
00-0085A
2
00-0085A
2
00-0085A
3
SteadfastTm Lead Wire & Socket
2
05-2400A
2
05-2400A
2
05-2400A
4
PromateTM Static Gland Nut
2
25-1232C
2
25-1232C
2
25-1232C
5
STER-L-RAY® Lamp
1
05-1311-R
1
05-1311-R
1
05-1311-R
6
Teflon® Washer
2
25-1236A
2
25-1236A
2
25-1236A
7
Rubber O -Ring, Quartz Sleeve
2
00-1239A
2
00-1239A
2
00-1239A
8
CRYSTAL CLEARTm Quartz Sleeve
1
15-1082A
1
15-1082A
1
15-1082A
9
Head, Flared
1
25-0763A1
1
25-0763A1
1
25-0763A1
10
Rubber O -Ring, Flared Head
2
00-0020A
2
00-0020A
2
00-0020A
11
Chamber Head Clamp
2
25-4002A
2
25-4002A
2
25-4002A
12
Wiper Rod Assembly
1
25-0427A
1
25-0427A
1
25-0427A
13
Sight Port Plug
1
30-1075
1
30-1075
1
30-1075
14
Chamber
1
25-7060
1
25-7060
1
25-7060
15
Head, Flared
1
25-0764A1
1
25-0764A1
1
25-0764A1
16
Screw,'/4"-20 x 3/8" long
4
50-1034
4
50-1034
4
50-1034
17
Lock Washer, 1/4"
4
50-1321
4
50-1321
4
50-1321
18
Flat Washer 1/4"
4
50-1317
4
50-1317
4
50-1317
19
Ballast Housing Cover
1
25-0417A
1
25-0417A
1
25-0417A
20
Screw, No. 8 x 3/8" long
6
50-0082
6
50-0082
6
50-0082
21
Ballast Housing
1
25-0418D
1
25-0125A
1
25-0125B
22
Screw, 6-32 x''/2" long
4
50-0155
2
50-0155
2
50-0155
23
SureliteTm Ballast
1
10-0201
1
10-0155
1
10-0116
24
Speed Nut, 6-32
4
50-1314
2
50-1314
2
50-1314
25A
Dynamic Gland, Wiper Lock
1
25-1510C1
1
25-1510C1
1
25-1510C1
25B
Dynamic Gland, Wiper Lock
1
25-4041A
1
25-4041A
1
25-4041A
26
Drain Plug
1
27-1216
1
27-1216
1
27-1216
27
Wiper Clip
1
25-1507C1
1
25-1507C1
1
25-1507C1
28
Wiper Lock Spacer
1
25-1512A1
1
25-1512A1
1
25-1512A1
29
Wiper Knob
1
25-1222
1
25-1222
1
25-1222
30
Rivet
16
50-1300A
16
50-1300A
16
50-1300A
31
Wiper Backup Ring
4
25-1379A1
4
25-1379A1
4
25-1379A1
32
Teflon® Wiper Segment
8
25-1242A
8
25-1242A
8
25-1242A
33
Welded Wiper Rod
1
25-0425A
1
25-0425A
1
25-0425A
34
Push Nut
16
50-1223A
16
50-1223A
16
50-1223A
35
Lead Cord
1
35-1100
1
35-1452
1
35-1452
36
Ferrite: Broadband Clamp -on
-
-
-
1
35-1766
37
Filter: Power Multi -Stage
1
35-1765
38
Screw, 6-32 x 5/16" long
2
50-0087
39
Nut, 6-32 Tinnerman
2
50-0163
All specifications, dimensional data, etc. are approximate and subject to change without notice.
17

SANITRONO HIGH CAPACITY SYSTEMS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
12" [304.80mm]
WIPER STROKE
2" NPT
INLET/OUTLET
5 1/2"
[139.70mm] j
6 9/16" [166.67mm] -I�►
10 3/8"
[263.53mm] TYP.
m
Figure 11 - S2400C& S5,000C Dimensional Data
15 1/4" [387.35mm]
MOUNTING
i ------------------------------------------
i
5 5/8" [142.88mm] 09/32" [07.14mm]
MOUNTING MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 4 PL.
52 1/8" [1323.96mm]
50" [1270.10mm]
38 5/16" [973.14mm]
SIGHT PORT 19,15/32"
[486.56mm]
PLUG
DRAIN PLUG
WIPER LOCK --i 16" [406.40mm]
50" [1270.10mm] MIN. CLEARANCE
LAMP/QUARTZ SLEEVE REMOVAL
SANITRON® S2400C
52 1/8" [1323.96mm] TYP.
38 5/16" [973.14mm] TYP.
.9
SANITRONO S5,000C
2 - SANITRONO S2400C, IN SERIES.
INTERCONNECT PIPING SUPPLIED.
11 1/8"
[282.66mm]
17"
[430.20mm] TYP.
15"
[380.42mm] TYP.

DIMENSIONAL DATA
21" [533.40mm]
Figure 12 - S10,000C, S15,000C, S20,000C, S25,000C Dimensional Data
0
21 1/8"
[536.58mm]
18 1/2" 34 3/4"
[469.90mm] TYP. [883.29mm]
iam
SANITRON® S10,000C
2 - SANITRON® S5,000C, IN PARALLEL.
MOUNTING STAND SUPPLIED.
W'
9mm]
SANITRON® S15,000C
3 - SANITRON® S5,000C, IN PARALLEL.
MOUNTING STAND SUPPLIED.
SANITRON® S20,000C SANITRON® S25,000C
4 - SANITRON® S5,000C, IN PARALLEL. 5 - SANITRON® S5,000C, IN PARALLEL.
MOUNTING STAND SUPPLIED. MOUNTING STAND SUPPLIED.
W'
9mm]
19

n375
Marcus Boulevard
L LJ SINCE 1963
Hauppauge, New York 11788
Tel: [phone]
ATLANTIC ULTRRVIOUT
Equipment:
Fax: 63 i .273.077 i
CORPORATION"
631.273.0780
Manufacturers / Engineers / Sales / Service
www.oltravlolet.com
Germicidal Ultraviolet - Equipment & Lamps
e-mail: info(Pultraviolet.com
Declaration of Conformity
We
Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation
Of
375 Marcus Boulevard, Hauppauge, New York, 11788
United Slates of America
Declare that:
Equipment:
Water purifier using a germicidal ultraviolet lamp to produce short wave radiation
lethal to bacteria, viruses and other microorganisms.
Madel Name I Number:
5anitron ® Ultraviolet Water Purifier, Model S2400C
Serial Number:
As specified on the equipment.
In accordance with the following Directives:
89/336/EEC
Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
98/37IEC
Machinery Directive
Has been designed and manufactured
to the following specifications:
EN 60335-1:2002
Specification for safety of household and similar electrical appliances. General
requirements
EN 55011:1998
Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of Industrial,
Scientific, and Medical (ISM) equipment
EN 61000-3-2:2000
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 3: Testing and measurement techniques - Section
2: Harmonic current emissions test
EN 61000-3-3:1995
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 3: Testing and measurement techniques —
Section 3: Voltage fluctuation and flicker test
EN 61547:1995 & A1:2000
Equipment for general lighting purposes — EMC immunity requirements
EN 61000-4-2:1995
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques —
Section 2: Electrostatic discharge immunity test
EN 61000-4-3:2002
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques —
Section 3: Radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field immunity test
EN 61000-4-4:1995
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques —
Section 4: Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test
EN 61000-4-5:1995
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques —
Section 5: Surge immunity test
EN 61000-4-6:1996
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques —
Section 6: Conducted immunity test
EN 61000-4-11:1994
Electromagnetic Compatibility -Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques —
Section 11: Voltage dips and interruptions immunity test
I hereby declare that the equipment
named above has been tested and found to comply with the relevant sections of
the above referenced specifications. The unit complies with all essential requirements of the Directives.
Signed By:
Date: 0 2 vO 7
Full Name:
fJ
14 A
Positioner
GERMICIDAL LAMPS & FIXTURES I AIR PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT / WATER PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT / LIQUID DISINFECTION EQUIPMENT
OZONE GENERATORS / WASTE WATER DISINFECTION SYSTEMS / PHOTOTHERAPY EQUIPMENT / BLACK LICHT LAMPS & EQUIPMENT
20

MAINTENANCE NOTES
21

MAINTENANCE NOTES
22

MAINTENANCE NOTES
23

USER ASSISTANCE
Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation®
makes every effort to ensure that the
SANITRON® Ultraviolet Water Purifiers
are products of superior quality and
workmanship. This manual describes the
installation, operation and maintenance
of the SANITRON® Ultraviolet
Water Purifiers.
Please read and become familiar with the
contents of this manual before installing
or using this purifier. If after reading
the manual you still have questions, or
concerns, regarding the installation or
use of this purifier, contact our offices,
weekdays between 8:30 am and 5:00 pm
Eastern Time, at:
Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation®
375 Marcus Boulevard
Hauppauge, New York, 11788
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Website: Ultraviolet.com
BuyUltraviolet.com
PATENT NOTICE
No attempt has been made to determine the patent status of applications illustrated or described in this publication. Inclusion in this
publication of any design or method of use, which may be patented, is not to be construed as promoting or sanctioning unauthorized use.
NSF/ANSI
NSF/ANSI 61 is a set of national standards that relates to water treatment and establishes stringent requirements for the control of
equipment that comes in contact with either potable water or products that support the production of potable water. NSF/ANSI 372 was
set in 2011 to establish procedures to meet the 0.25% lead content requirement of the RLDWA (Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water
Act) using a wetted surface area average calculation or just simply using all no -lead materials for areas in contact with drinking water.
NSF/ANSI 372 includes a broader scope of drinking water products covered by the law which may not be covered under NSF/ANSI 61
and enables large or complex products and assemblies to achieve certification.
WARRANTY & PRODUCT REGISTRATION
We warrant this product to the original owner to be free from defects in material and workmanship when installed in
accordance with Atlantic Ultraviolet Corporation® specifications for a period of time as follows:
UV Water Purifier Chambers – Type 316 stainless steel chambers will have a Twelve (12) year Limited Warranty on the stainless
steel chamber, from the date of original purchase while the Type 304 stainless steel chambers will have a Six (6) year Limited
Warranty on the stainless steel chamber.
UV Air Disinfection Housing – Three (3) year Limited Warranty on the metal housing, from the date of original purchase.
Ballast – Three (3) year Limited Warranty, from the date of original purchase.
UV lamps and Other parts – One (1) year Limited Warranty from the date of original purchase.
Within the warranty period we shall repair or replace such products, which are returned to us with shipping charges prepaid and which
are determined by us to be defective. This warranty will not apply to any product, which has been subjected to misuse, negligence or
accident; or misapplied; or modified; or repaired by unauthorized person; or improperly installed. Warranty will be null and void if
any of the product's original labels are removed. This Limited warranty excludes the cost of labor.
The Buyer shall inspect the product promptly after receipt and shall notify us at our main office in writing of claims, including claims
of breach of warranty, within thirty (30) days after the Buyer discovers or should have discovered the facts upon which the claim is
based. Failure of the Buyer to give written notice of a claim within the time period shall be deemed to be a waiver of such claim.
The provisions of the above warranty are our sole obligation and exclude all other remedies or warranties, expressed or implied,
including warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, whether or not purposes or specifications are described
herein. We further disclaim any responsibility whatsoever to the customer, or to any person for injury to person, damage to, or loss
of property or value caused by any product which has been subjected to misuse, negligence, accident; or modified or repaired by
unauthorized persons; or improperly installed.
Under no circumstances shall the Company be liable for any incidental, consequential or special damages; losses or expenses arising
from the contract for this product, or in connection with the use of, or inability to use, our product for any purpose whatsoever.
Be sure to register your product and validate purchase within 30 days — registration is simple and will take less than 2 minutes to do.
NOTE – failure to register your purchase may jeopardize warranty.
Go to Ultraviolet.com and scroll down to the bottom of the page, under "Trust" click the "Warranty Registration Form", complete and
click "Submit". Or click on "Warranty Registration PDF" to download the warranty registration card as a PDF, complete and mail to
us at 375 Marcus Boulevard, Hauppauge, NY 11788, or simply fax to 631-273-0771. If you prefer to register by phone, please call
631-273-0500 and our customer service staff will be glad to assist you.
For your convenience, record the following information below. The model and serial number can be found on a label located
on the SANITRON° Ultraviolet Water Purifier. Keep this manual, along with proof of purchase, handy when contacting our offices.
Purchased From:
Date:
Model:
Serial No.:
24

Headworks Components

X
Globe Valves
Standard Features (Sizes 1/2"- 4")
• Used for efficient throttling of flow
• Positive shut-off
• Displays excellent flow regulating character-
istics throughout the entire lift of the disc
• All sizes rated for full vacuum service
• EPDM seals. FKM optional
Parts List/Thd-Soc (Sizes 1/2"- 2")
PARTS
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PCS.
MATERIAL
1
Body
1
PVC, PP
2
Bonnet
1
PVC, PP
3
Stem
1
PVC, PP
4
Gland
1
PVC, PP
5
Gland Nut
1
PVC, PP
6
Sheet Gasket
1
EPDM, Others
7
Gland Packing
2
EPDM, Others
8
Disc
1
PP
9
Stem Holder
1
PP
13
Ring
1
Stainless Steel 304
14
Hand Wheel
1
PP
15
Nut
1
PVC
16
Washer
1
PVC
Sample Specification
All Globe Valves shall be of a thermoplastic
construction and have no metal part that comes in
contact with media. Sizes 1/2" through 2" shall be
of union bonnet design, 2-1/2" through 4" shall be
of outside stem and yoke type. PVC shall conform to
ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 12454-A and PP
conforming to ASTM D4101 Cell Classification
PP02101367272. PVC valves shall berated to 150
psi at 70 degrees F sizes 1/2" thru 2" 110 psi at
70 degrees F sizes 2-1/2" thru 4". PP rated to 110
psi at 70 degrees F sizes 1/2" thru 4", as manu-
factured by Asahi/America, Inc.
[116
Parts List/Flanged (Sizes 1/2" - 4")
PARTS
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PCS. MATERIAL
1
Body
1 PVC, PP
2
Bonnet
1 PVC, PP
3
Stem
1 PVC, PP
4
Gland
1 PVC, PP
5
Gland Nut
1 PVC, PP
6
Gland Gasket
1 EPDM, FKM
7
Gland Packing
1 EPDM, FKM
8
Disc
1 PP
9
Stem Holder
1 PVC, PP
10
Stem with
Trapezoid Screw
1 Copper Alloy
11
Bolt, Nut, Washer
8 Stainless Steel 304
12
Stud Bolt, Nut
2 Stainless Steel 304
13
Stem Support
1 PP
14
Hand Wheel
1 PP
15
Nut (A)
Washer
1 PVC (1/2" — 2")
2 Stainless Steel 304
16
1 PVC (1/2" — 2")
1 Stainless Steel 304
17
Reinforcing Ring
1 Stainless Steel 304
18
Inserted Nut
1 Copper Alloy
19
Stem Metal Insert
1 Steel
20
Inserted Metal
1 Bronze
* PVC nut and washer on sizes 1/2" through 2"
Pressure vs. Temperature (Psi, WATER, NON -SHOCK)
NOMINAL
SIZE
PVC
PP
30° F
70° F
71° F 106° F
105° F 120° F
-5° F
70° F
71° F 121° F
120° F 175° F
INCHES
mm
1/2-11/2
15-40
150
150 110
110
95 65
2
50
150
150 95
110
75 45
2 1/2 - 3
65-80
110
110 95
110
60 35
4
100
110
80 65
110
60 35
ASAHI/AMERICA
Rev. F 8-11

SOCKET AND THREADED END
1 1/2" - 2"
FLANGED 21/2"-4"
Dimensions (INCHES)
SOCKET END
1/211 - 11/4 "
FLANGED
1 1/'.. -
THREADED END
1/211 1 1/4
DETAIL OF "A"
FLANGED
1/111_ 11/."
NOMINAL
FLANGED
SOCKET AND THREADED
Cv
SIZE
WT
(LBS)
d
C
D
L
t
LIFT
C
H
(open)
WT.
(LBS)
THREADED
d2
L
SOCKET
d2
L
L
LIFT
C
d1
H
(open)
Values
IN.
mm
1/2
15
0.88
0.71
2.38
3.50
3.35
0.47
0.31
5.20
0.66
NPT 1/2
3.35
0.85
4.33
1.18
0.32
0.59
5.20
4.1
3/4
20
1.10
0.94
2.75
3.88
3.74
0.55
0.31
5.51
1.10
NPT3/4
3.74
1.06
5.12
1.38
0.32
0.71
5.51
6.4
1
25
2.20
1.10
3.12
4.25
4.33
0.55
0.43
6.34
1.10
NPT 1
4.33
1.33
5.91
1.58
0.43
0.98
6.34
9.7
1 1/4
32
2.90
1.46
3.50
4.62
5.31
0.63
0.51
6.57
1.30
NPT119
5.32
1.67
5.32
0.98
0.51
1.38
6.58
18.0
1 1/2
40
4.41
1.61
3.88
5.00
7.48
0.63
0.79
9.06
2.70
NPT112
5.51
1.91
5.51
0.98
0.79
1.61
9.06
22.0
2
50
5.30
2.05
4.75
6.00
7.87
0.63
0.94
9.92
3.50
NPT2
7.09
2.38
7.09
1.06
0.95
2.05
9.92
29.0
21/2
65
13.25
2.64
5.50
7.00
8.66
0.71
1.38
13.58
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
57.0
3
80
15.00
3.07
6.00
7.50
9.45
0.71
1.38
14.13
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
78.0
4
100
22.00
3.94
7.50
9.00
11.42
0.71
1.57
16.50
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
115.0
35 Green Street, P.O. Box 653, Malden, MA 02148 • Tel: [phone] • Fax: [phone] • E-mail: asahi(gasahi-america.com
Register at our interactive web site for on line ordering, product availability, order tracking, and many useful features: www.asahi-america.com

(QGEOFLOW
SUBSURFACE DRIP
Description
The Vortex filters are placed between the pump and dripfield
to screen out any debris. Spin plates at the top of each screen
direct the flow of debris to the base of the screen for easy
self cleaning.
Features
- Simple self cleaning filter. Geoflow's Vortex filter
depends on a simple forward flush to self clean.
Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle
plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. A
centrifugal motion starts inside the screen chamber,
throwing particles outward against the screen. Gravity
moves the debris down the screen wall to the flush
outlet at the base of the Vortex Filter.
- It is simple to install and operate, requiring very few
moving parts.
- Can be plumbed to self clean periodically
with electronically activated solenoid valves
(recommended), or continuously with slightly
opened ball valves.
- Sturdy stainless steel screen proven effective in onsite
wastewater applications. A sintering process in which
three pieces of stainless steel mesh are transformed
into one; a perforated plate, 30m then 150 mesh.
- Body is a two-piece threaded housing with O-ring seal.
Molded from high heat ABS and chemical resistant
glass reinforced plastic.
Vortex Screen Filter
1" Vortex Filter
Width
1.5" and 2" Vortex
Height
Item Number
Size Max.
(MPT) Flow rate
(GPM)
Filtration
(mesh)
Max.
Pressure
(psi) (ft.)
Width
Height Flush
Port
(MPT)
Area of
Filtration
(inches')
AP4E-75F
3/4"
10
150
80
185
6.0"
6.0"
3/4"
23.4
AP4E-1F
1"
20
150
80
185
6.5"
7.0"
3/4"
28.4
AP4E-1.5F
1.5"
45
150
100
231
12"
15.5"
3/4"
60.8
AP4E-2F
2.0"
1 70
150
80
185
12"
16.0"
3/4"
60.8
�k AP4E-75F 3/4inch Vortex Filter has been discontinued. Please use a larger filter for onsite wastewater
applications. Replacement parts are still available.
150 mesh = 100 micron
When in doubt, it is best to choose the filter with the larger screen area.
Geoflow, Inc. Tel [phone] Fax [phone] www.geoflow.com
Product Sheets -2011 Filter VortexScreen12H27.indd
T Look
for the
Genuine
stamp of

22 (FT) (PSI)
D
W
27.7 12
L
Q
M
18.5 8
L
9.2 4
3/4" Vortex Screen Filter
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Flow - GPM
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 3/4 inch male pipe
thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include
an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 -mesh filter screen
is all stainless steel, providing a 23.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 3/4"
filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number ANE -75E
a)
(FT.) (PSI)
34.7 15
1" Vortex Screen Filter
0 11.6 5
0 0
5 10 15 20 25
Flow (gpm)
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1 inch male pipe thread
(MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an
O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all
stainless steel, providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1" filter
shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number ANE -1F.
Geoflow Inc. , Toll Free 800-828-3388, Fax: [phone], www.geoflow.com

WATER METERS
—mime
I'AND'
ATER IV
�-i
VIR'l
ERS
'NE TA FIM TM
GROW MORE WITH LESS
'M' WATER METER 'M' WATER METER
(COPPER ALLOY BODY) (PLASTIC BODY)
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
■ Industry's smallest water meters provide ± 2% accuracy
over a wide range of flows.
■ Magnetically driven sealed register are stainless
steel encapsulated and guaranteed not to accumulate
moisture or fog.
■ 'M' Water Meters utilize the multi -jet principle assuring
an equally distributed load on the impeller minimizing
wear and maintaining accuracy.
■ 'M' Water Meters have only one moving part, the
impeller, is in contact with the water for minimum wear
and the utmost reliability.
■ 'WMR' Water Meters contain an in-line axial turbine
which allows foreign matter to pass through the meter
without clogging.
■ Wide clearances in the measuring chamber provide full
pipe flow measurements and high reliability.
low —1
'WMR' WATER METER
(CAST IRON BODY)
APPLICATIONS
■ For main supply lines in agriculture and
landscape applications
SPECIFICATIONS -'M' WATER METERS
■ Iron Body Sizes: 3/4",1" and 1 1/2"
■ Plastic Body Sizes: 3/4" and 1"
■ Maximum Working Pressure: 140 psi
■ Maximum Liquid Temperature: 122° F
■ Body Material: Corrosion Proof Copper Alloy or
Polypropylene (plastic)
■ Connections: Male Pipe Thread
■ Register Options: Reed Switch, Photo Diode or
ER Digital
■ Reed Switch Register Pulse Outputs: 0.1 or 1.0
■ Photo Diode Register Pulse Outputs: 0.0015, 0.0021
or 0.0074
■ ER Digital Register Pulse Outputs:
Gallons - .1,1,10,100,1000
Acre Feet -.0001,.001,.01,.1
■ Straight Pipe Installation Requirement: None
SPECIFICATIONS -'WMR' WATER METER
■ Size: 2"
■ Maximum Working Pressure: 230 psi
■ Maximum Liquid Temperature: 131° F
■ Body Material: Cast Iron with Polyester Coating
■ Connections: Male Pipe Thread
■ Register Options: Reed Switch, Photo Diode or
ER Digital
■ Reed Switch Register Pulse Outputs: 10 or 3.26
■ Photo Diode Register Pulse Outputs: 1.0 or 0.055
■ ER Digital Register Pulse Outputs:
Gallons - .1,1,10,100,1000
Acre Feet -.0001,.001,.01,.1
■ Straight Pipe Installation Requirement: 10 x D
upstream and 5 x D downstream (D=meter size)

'M' AND 'WMR' WATER METERS
METER UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM
SIZEDISTANCE DISTANCE LENGTH REQU REMENT
'M' WATER METERS - 0 D X 0 D I
3/4" 0" J 0" 111/4" 111/14"
0" 14 3/4" 14 3/4"
11/2" 0" 17 1/4" 171/4"
'WMR'WATERMETER -10DX5D
2" 20" 10" 14" 44"
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
'M' WATER METERS
■ Dial face must be horizontal
■ There are no straight pipe installation requirements
■ Prior to installation of the meter, the pipeline should be
thoroughly flushed
■ Meter must be installed so that the pipe will be full of water at
all times during metering
■ To eliminate air in the system, continuous acting air vents of
proper size and type are required
1 —
01 If
STRAIGHT PIPE METER LENGTH
BEFORE METER
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
'WMR' WATER METER
STRAIGHT PIPE
AFTER METER
■ The meter may be installed in any position - for non -horizontal
positions, the flow should be upwards
■ Straight pipe installation requirement of 10 x diameter pipe upstream
(before the meter) and 5 x diameter pipe downstream (afterthe
m ete r)
■ Prior to installation of the meter, the pipeline should be thoroughly
flushed
■ Meter must be installed so thatthe pipe will be full of water at all
times during metering
■ To eliminate air in the system, continuous acting air vents of proper
size and type are required
REED SWITCH REGISTERS
METER REGISTER VOLUME I PULSE OUTPUT
SIZE TOTALIZER UNIT (GALS/PULSE)
3/4"'M' GALLON GALLON x 10 0.1 I
, 7
POINTER RESOLUTION ter.
POINTER 1 POINTER 2 1 POINTER 3
x 0.01 GALLON x0.1 GALLON I x 1.0 GALLON
3/4",1" & 1 1/2"'M' I
GALLON
GALLON x 100
1.0
x 0.10 GALLON
x 1.0 GALLON
x 10 GALLON
2"'WMR'
GALLON I
GALLON x 1,000
10 I
x 1.0 GALLON
x 10 GALLON I
x 100 GALLON
2" 'WMR' I
ACRE FEET I
ACRE FEET x 1.000
3.26
x 0.000001
x 0.00001
x 0.0001
x 1.0 GALLON
x 10 GALLON I
x 100 GALLON
METER I REGISTER VOLUME FLOW RATE
SIZE TOTALIZER UNIT UNITS
3/4"'M' GALLON GALLON x 10 0.0015
POINTER RESOLUTION
POINTER 1 POINTER 2 POINTER 3 I
x 0.01 GALLON x0.1 GALLON x 1.0 GALLON
1"'M' GALLON
GALLON x 100
0.0021
x 0.1 GALLON
x 1.0 GALLON I
x 10 GALLON i
1 1/2"'M' I GALLON
GALLON x 100
0.0074
x0.1 GALLON
x 1.0 GALLON
x 10 GALLON ,4 4
2"'WMR' GALLON
GALLON x 1,000
1.0
x 1.0 GALLON
x 10 GALLON
x 100 GALLON
2"'WMR' GALLON
GALLON x 1,000
0.055
x 1.0 GALLON
x 10 GALLON I
x 100 GALLON
METER REGISTER I PULSE OUTPUT FLOW RATE �-
SIZE TOTALIZER (GALS/PULSE) UNITS —
3/4",1",1 1/2"'M' GALLON .1,1,10,100,1000 I GPM x --
3/4",1",11/2"'M' ACRE FEET .0001,.001,.01,.1 GPM I —
2"'WMR' GALLON I .1,1,10,100,1000 I GPM
2"'WMR' ACRE FEET .0001,.001,.01,.1 I GPM

x
'M' WATER METER CUT -AWAY VIEW
MEASURING
CHAMBER
'M' WATER METERS HEADLOSS CHART
3/4" —
ni
11/2"
FLOW RATE (GPM)
REED SWITCH
ALIBRATION
CREW
'M' AND'WMR' WATER METERS
HERMETICALLY
SEALED REGISTER 'WMR' METER TAMPER PROOF SEAL
ENSURES UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL AND/OR
TAMPERING OF THE METER REGISTER
x
'WMR' WATER METER HEADLOSS CHART
2"
*c FLOW RATE @ 5 FT./SEC.
Y'-68 GPM
FLOW RATE (GPM)
METER LOWEST FLOW RATE I LOWEST FLOW RATE NOMINAL FLOW RATEI MAXIMUM FLOW RATE
SIZE +/ 5% ACCURACY +/- 2% ACCURACY +/- 2% ACCURACY +/- 2% ACCURACY
3/4"'M' 0.2 GPM 1 0.9 GPM 11 GPM 1 14 GPM
1"'M' 1 0.3 GPM 1 1.2 GPM 1 15.4 GPM 1 20 GPM
1 1/2"'M'l 0.9 GPM 1 3.5 GPM 1 44 GPM 1 55 GPM
2"'WMR' 2.0 GPM 1 8.8 GPM 1 88 GPM I 110 GPM
'M' WATER METERS
1
vol R
B L 1
(INCLUDES INSTALLATION COUPLERS)
'WMR' WATER METER
WEIGHT I
METER
HEIGHT HEIGHT LENGTH WIDTH PLASTICWEIGHT
IRON
3/4"'M' 41/4" 111/4" 33/4" 3.5 LBS. 4.4 LBS.
1"'M' 41/4" 143/4" 41/4" 4.8 LBS. 6.1 LBS.
1 1/2"'M' 6 3/4" 171/4" 15" 15 LBS.
2 `WMR I 43/4 I 11/2"14 11 LBS.

'M' AND 'WMR' WATER METERS
ITEM MODEL BODYNUMBER UMBER SIZER MATERIAL RETYPE I GALLONS R PUL E
70261-002446
70261-002472
70261-002473
36M201TP.1
36M201TP1
36M201TP.0015
3/4"'M"
PLASTIC
REED SWITCH/GALLON
0.1
REED SWITCH/GALLON
1.0
PHOTO DIODE
0.0015
70261-002715
70261-002727 136M251TP.0021
36M251TP I
I
1...M'
PLASTIC
REED SWITCH/GALLON
I 1.0
PHOTO DIODE
I 0.0021
70261-002445
70261-002450 136M201T
70261-002447 136M201T0015
36M201T.1 I
I
3/4"'M
COPPER
ALLOY
REED SWITCH/GALLON
0.1
REED SWITCH/GALLON
I 1.0
PHOTO DIODE
I 0.0015
70261-002720
70261-002725 136M251T0021
36M251T
I
1 M
COPPER
ALLOY
REED SWITCH/GALLON
1.0
PHOTO DIODE
I 0.0021
70261-003230 136M401.5T
70261-003240
I
36M401.510074I
1 1/2"'M'
COPPER
ALLOY
REED SWITCH/GALLON
I 1.0
PHOTO DIODE
I 0.0074
70261-005060
70261-004900
70261-005050 136WMR2T1
70261-005010
36WMR2T10
36WMR2T10-AF
36WMR2T055
2" ,WMR,
CAST
IRON
REED SWITCH/GALLON
10
REED SWITCH/ACRE FEET
3.26
PHOTO DIODE
I 1.0
PHOTO DIODE
I 0.055
PLASTIC'M'
WATER METERS
COPPER ALLOY'M'
WATER METERS
1
.r
� . mow.
..�
CASTIRON'WMR'
WATER METER
36 MODEL SIZE REGISTER VOLUME FLOW RATE OUTPUT 1 OUTPUT 2 DIRECTION
MODEL SIZE I REGISTER I VOLUME FLOW RATE OUTPUT 1 AND OUTPUT 2 * I FLOW DIRECTION
M 201TP = 3/4" P ER = ER DIGITAL 1 = GALLONS j 1 = GPM A = NO OUTPUT F = FORWARD
WMR 251TP = 1" P REGISTER 2 = ACRE FEET ] C = .1 GALLON PER PULSE R = REVERSE
201T = 3/4" CA EM = ER DIGITAL
251T = 1" CA REGISTER
W/OUTPUT
401.5T = 11/2" CA MODULE
2T = 2- IRON
M 3/4" -1 1/2" Sizes only
WMR 2" Size only
P = Plastic body
CA =Copper Alloy body
ORDERING EXAMPLE:
36WMR2TER11 EEF
2" WMR Series Water Meter, ER Register,
Volume in Gallons, Flow Rate in Gallons per Minute,
Pulse Output 1 is 10 Gallons per Pulse, Pulse Output 2
is 10 Gallons per Pulse, Forward Flow Direction
INDUSTRY'S LONGEST WARRANTY
Netafim stands behind our water meters with an unprecedented
warranty - the industry's longest - three (3) years on the metering
components (register and metering assembly) and five (5) years
on the meter body.
D = 1 GALLON PER PULSE A = ALTERNATING
E = 10 GALLONS PER PULSE N = NET
F = 100 GALLONS PER PULSE
G = 1000 GALLONS PER PULSE
H = 0.0001 ACRE FT. PER PULSE
I = 0.001 ACRE FT. PER PULSE
J = 0.01 ACRE FT PER PULSE
K = 0.1 ACRE FT. PER PULSE
* Pulse rate is based on volume units.
If volume is in Acre Feet and Option D is chosen for
Output 1 or 2, itwill result in 1 pulse every acre foot
of water that passes through the meter.
To convert Acre Feet to Gallons per Pulse, multiply
by 325,850.
e NE TA FIM TM
GROW MORE WITH LESS
NETAFIM USA
5470 E. HOME AVE.
FRESNO, CA 93727
CS 888 638 2346
www.netafimusa.com
A029M 08/15

►k PENTAIR
PENTEK° B I G B LU E° WITH D RAI N
FILTER HOUSINGS
FOR LARGE CAPACITY, HIGH FLOW APPLICATIONS
Pentair® Pentek® Big Blue' Filter Housing with drain offers the versatility to meet
all of your large -capacity filtration needs, including high-flow and heavy -sediment
applications. The extra -large housing allows for greater cartridge capacity,
reducing the number of vessels required for high flow rate applications. Sumps
are available in both 10" and 20" lengths.
The High Flow Polypropylene (HFPP) Cap is available in 3/4", 1 ", or 11/2" NPT inlet
and outlet ports. All housings come complete with a 3/8" drain valve. The single
Large ACME thread closure ensures quick opening and positive sealing.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
Large capacity housing suitable for high
Row applications
Available in 10" and 20" lengths
Comes complete with 3/8" drain and
drain plug
SPECIFICATIONS
Housing - Polypropylene
Cap - Polypropylene (HFPP)
Button Assembly - 300 -Series stainless
steel, EPDM, and polypropylene
0 -Ring - Buna-N°
Ball Valve - PVC/Buna-N Seals
Drain Plug - High Density Polypropylene
FILTRATION & PROCESS I PENTEK BIG BLUE WITH DRAIN FILTER HOUSINGS
Pressure relief/bleed on inlet side of cap
Accepts up to 41/2" diameter cartridges
Temperature Rating -
40 -100°F (4.4-37.8°C)
Maximum Pressure -
10": 100 psi (6.9 bar)
20" : 90 psi (6.2 bar)

SPECIFICATIONS AND PERFORMANCE
150686
3/4" #10 Big Blue® HFPP w/PR and 3/8" Sump Drain Valve
15.79" x 7.38"
(401 x 187 mm)
2 psi fa 15 gpm
(0.14 bar (a 57 Lpm)
150689
3/4" #20 Big Blue HFPP w/PR and 3/8" Sump Drain Valve
26.08" x 7.38"
[662 x 187 mm)
2 psi fa 15 gpm
10.14 bar (d 57 Lpm)
150687
1- #10 Big Blue HFPP w/PR and 3/8" Sump Drain Valve
16.34" x 7.45"
(415 x 189 mm)
1 psi fa 15 gpm
[0.07 bar (a 57 Lpm)
150690
1" #20 Big Blue HFPP w/PR and 3/8" Sump Drain Valve
26.26" x 7.45"
(667 x 189 mm)
1 psi fd 15 gpm
(0.07 bar (a 57 Lpm)
150688
1-1/2" #10 Big Blue HFPP w/PR and 3/8" Sump Drain Valve
16.49" x 7.45'
(419 x 189 mm)
1 psi fa 20 gpm
[0.07 bar (a 76 Lpm)
150691
1-1/2" #20 Big Blue HFPP w/PR and 3/8" Sump Drain Valve
26.78" x 7.45'
(680 x 189 mm)
1 psi (a 20 gpm
(0.07 bar fa 76 Lpm)
CAUTION: Protect against freezing to prevent cracking of the filter and water leakage
ACCESSORIES
151039
Pressure Relief Button Kit
151122
Big Blue® 0 -ring
153097
#20 Big Blue Sump with 3/8" NPT Drain
153098
#10 Big Blue Sump with 3/8" NPT Drain
154167
1-1/2" Black HFPP Cap w/PR for Big Blue
144357
3/8" FNPT x 3/8" NPT PVC Ball Valve
SH144362
3/8" Drain Plug HDPE
150370
Housing Stand
PENTAIR
FILTRATION & PROCESS
5730 NORTH GLEN PARK ROAD, MILWAUKEE, WI 53209
P: 262.238.4400 1 F: 262.238.4404 1 WWW.PENTAIRAQUA.COM I CUSTOMER CARE: 800.279.9404
All Pentair trademarks and logos are owned by Pentair, Inc. or its affiliates. All other registered and unregistered trademarks and logos are the property of their
respective owners. Because we are continuously improving our products and services, Pentair reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
Pentair is an equal opportunity employer.
310926 REV B MY14 © 2014 Pentair Residential Filtration, LLC All Rights Reserved.

�[ 1
W--
I
Flow.-Maxe Pleated Cartridges
For Reduced Filtration Costs

Get more filtration for the money with Flow -Max"
pleated cartridges for high flow, long life, greater
sediment removal and reduced filtration costs.
Flow -Max filter cartridges
outperform wound, spun,
melt blown, resin bonded
and other "depth" type filter
elements because our
cartridges are pleated to
provide increased surface
area and longer life.
Lower pressure drop is
another significant
advantage, using Flow -Max
pleated cartridges, which
allows for increased flow
rates and the use of smaller
filter housings to reduce
capital equipment costs.
Further savings are provided
because our 100% synthetic
filter media is cleanable, five
micron and up, to lower
cartridge replacement costs.
Features
Filter media is pleated for greater surface area.
Synthetic filter media is cellulose -free.
"Thicker" filter media has a greater capacity to
capture and retain particles, compared to thin, more
rigid media types, which have less void
space for particle retention.
One micron absolute and 0.35 media use a
multi -ply laminate for superior performance.
Long lengths have netting to hold pleats in place
All cartridge types and lengths are wrapped.
Full product line (types, lengths & micron ratings)
Benefits
Flow -Max filter cartridges
outperform other pleated
elements because our high-
performance filter media is
systematically produced using
100% synthetic fibers, with no
binders or additives to leave a
residue, foam or contaminate.
Our filter media is dramatically
thicker than other products.
For this reason, Flow -Max
cartridges provide "depth"
filtration for greater sediment
removal, along with more
surface area with our pleated
design.
A multi -ply laminate is
used with our sub and
one micron absolute
grades for longer life and
greater solids removal.
(See right.)
Low pressure drop; long life; reduced filtration costs,
compared to wound and spun cartridges.
No additives or binders, which may cause foaming.
Increased dirt holding capacity; longer life; fewer
cartridge replacements needed; and reduced filtration
costs, compared to other pleated cartridge suppliers.
Increased particle removal efficiency; longer life; and
reduced cost per gallon filtered.
Superior performance and appearance.
Provides security at no additional cost.
Greater selection from your single source supplier!
Flow-Max®cartridges cost less to use ... regardless what they cost to buy!

Lower pressure drop for higher flow rates 6
Flow -Max° cartridges are pleated, so initial pressure M 4
drop is significantly less compared to depth cartridges, m 3
such a wound, spun, melt blown and resin bonded. 0 2
As a result, higher flow rates are possible, reducing y ,
filter housing size requirements to lower capital
equipment costs.
M
C
X
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FLOW (GPM) FLOW (GPM)
Depth cartridge Flow -Max® cartridge
(5 micron) (5 micron)
Use the pressure drop charts shown below to help determine the ideal flow rate for your
particular application:
1A 0.35 1
1.0
Maximum Flow Rates Per Cartridge (GPM)
1.0
.9
7Z.9
Standard Cartridge
10" Full -Flow
8
Jumbo Cartridge
.8
�
29-1/4"
5
�
M .7
90
170
m .7
O
c .6
6
20
1n
c .6
M .5
20
40
m .5
.4
4
8
.4
00
13
50
O
.3
1 Micron
4
.3
a .2
10
15
.2
.1
120
5 Micron
.1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
21
FLOW (GPM)
25
Standard cartridges (9-3/4")
100
0 6 12 18 24
FLOW (GPM)
Full -Flow (B -B) cartridges
1 Mic.
10"
1 Mic.
20"
5 Mic.
10"
5 Mic.
20"
Note: Pressure drop data shown above include filter housing and cartridge.
Flow rates
Maximum flow rate guidelines for Flow -Max cartridges are shown below:
10
9
v 8
D 7
co
CM) 6
M
0 5
O 4
v
m 3
2
1
0 50 100
FLOW (GPM)
Jumbo cartridges
1A
0.35
1
5
20
50
150
Washable & reusable
Flow- Max' cartridges are washable
and reusable, five micron and up
? to reduce filtration costs. For best
results, direct spray into pleats
to dislodge sediment. Or, let
dry and brush off filter cake
from surface of the media.
All Flow -Max®`
cartridges are
individually shrink
wrapped for purity
r�u�r-lug
Maximum Flow Rates Per Cartridge (GPM)
Micron Rating
Standard Cartridge
10" Full -Flow
20" Full -Flow
Jumbo Cartridge
9-3/4"
20"
29-1/4"
40
90
170
1 Absolute
3
6
9
8
12
20
40
80
0.35 Micron
4
8
12
9
13
25
50
100
1 Micron
4
8
12
10
15
30
60
120
5 Micron
7
14
21
15
25
50
100
150
20 Micron
8
16
24
15
25
50
100
150
50 Micron
10
20
30
15
25
50
100
150
Note: Filter housing selection
should also be considered
when flow rate per cartridge is determined.
Washable & reusable
Flow- Max' cartridges are washable
and reusable, five micron and up
? to reduce filtration costs. For best
results, direct spray into pleats
to dislodge sediment. Or, let
dry and brush off filter cake
from surface of the media.
All Flow -Max®`
cartridges are
individually shrink
wrapped for purity
r�u�r-lug

Flow -Max° Full -Flow Cartridges
4-1/2" OD cartridges with cellulose -free filter media for water filtration applications
Full -Flow (B -B) 4-1/2" OD x 9-3/4" length
One micron absolute rated and
0.35 nominal micron cartridges
Ideal for water filtration to remove
Cryptosporidium and Giardia cysts.
Both grades utilize a multi -ply filter
media for greater retention
efficiencies and long life.
Product Code
Length
Media Type
Micron Rating
Number Per Case
FM -BB -10-1A
9-3/4"
Synthetic
1 Absolute
8
FM -1313-10-0.35
9-3/4"
Synthetic
0.35
8
FM -BB -10-1
9-3/4"
Synthetic
1
8
FM -BB -10-5
9-3/4"
Synthetic
5
8
FM -BB -10-20
9-3/4"
Synthetic
20
8
FM -BB -10-50
9-3/4"
Synthetic
50
8
Note: Cartridges listed above fit in Full -Flow and Big -Blue® filter housings.
Full -Flow (B -B) 4-1/2" OD x 20" length
Product Code
Length
Media Type
Micron Rating
Number Per Case
FM -BB -20-1A
20"
Synthetic
1 Absolute
4
FM -BB -20-0.35
20"
Synthetic
0.35
4
FM -BB -20-1
20"
Synthetic
1
4
FM -BB -20-5
20"
Synthetic
5
4
FM -BB -20-20
20"
Synthetic
20
4
FM -BB -20-50
20"
Synthetic
50
4
Note: Cartridges listed above fit in Full -Flow and Big -Blue® filter housings.
Specifications (synthetic media for sediment)
Maximum temperature
140°F 60°C
Center tubes
PVC
Minimum temperature
40°F 4.4°C
End caps
Molded urethane
Maximum pressure
40 PSID
Maximum flow rate, model 40
50 GPM 12MIHR
Recommended change out
25-30 PSID
Maximum flow rate, model 90
100 GPM 24WHR
Filter media
PE & PP
Maximum flow rate, model 170
150 GPM (36WHR)

NETARM TM
WASTEWATER DIVISION
AIR VENTS
PROVEN DESIGN PROVIDES MORE AIR RELEASE
CAPACITY THAN OTHER VENTS OF SIMILAR SIZES
IF t
2" COMBINATION
3/4"&1"
AUTOMATIC
2" COMBINATION
with Vacuum Guard
'/4"&1..
GUARDIAN
�x
1" COMBINATION
IM
3� ". & 1 ".
GUARDIAN
with Shrader Valve
i<
'/4"&1..
AUTOMATIC
i
2" & 3"
GUARDIAN
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
■ Ensures maximum protection of irrigation system with proper
sizing and placement.
■ Aerodynamic float design ensures vent closure as water fills
the system, remains open when air pressure reaches 5-12 psi
depending on model.
■ Large capacity vents dampen water hammer preventing pipes
and fittings from cracking or bursting.
■ Unique rolling seal feature allows gradual opening, closing
and self-cleaning.
■ Made of corrosion -resistant reinforced UV protected nylon -
no metal parts to rust or corrode, no need for spare parts.
■ Guardian with shrader valve is ideal for measuring local line
pressure.
■ Five year warranty.
APPLICATIONS
■ 1" &2" COMBINATION AIRNACUUM AND
CONTINUOUS ACTING AIR VENTS
For discharge and intake of large volumes
of air at pump and filter stations, along
mains and atthe end of mainlines.
For continuous air release at high points
in pipe network or upstream of manifolds.
Every 1,500 feet along mainlines.
■ 2" COMBINATION AIR RELEASENACUUM
GUARD & CONTINUOUS ACTING AIR VENT
Releases air at pump priming and
maintains the prime by not allowing air
intake in long and/or undulating suction
lines to pump stations.
Releases entrapped air while ensuring
continuous prime at centrifugal pumps.
Builds up siphons with air release,
maintains the siphon by continuously
releasing air and not allowing air intake.
■ 3/4" & 1" AUTOMATIC CONTINUOUS
ACTING AIR VENTS
- For high spots where air accumulates.
■ 3/4" &1" CONTINUOUS ACTINGNACUUM
GUARD AIR VENTS
- For release of entrapped air while
ensuring continuous pump prime with no
air intake in centrifugal pumps and pump
suction lines.
Protects mechanical seals in vertical
pumps by not allowing air to accumulate
in the stuffing boxes.
Maintain siphons with continuous air
release while not allowing air intake.
■
3/4",1",2"&3" GUARDIAN AIR/VACUUM
RELIEF AIR VENTS
Commonly used downstream of valves,
primarily at manifolds, to break vacuum
caused by system draining.
On sloping terrain to prevent collapsing
of pipes caused by vacuum when pipe
networks drain.
Upstream of valves for air discharge
during system start-up.

AIR VENTS
COMBINATION AIRNACUUM AND CONTINUOUS ACTING AIR VENT -STAGES OF OPERATION
1. During start-up, the air vent discharges large volumes of air and as the system builds
pressure, the body fills with water, forcing the float upwards and closing the air vent.
2. While the system is pressurized, the "automatic" function continuously releases
accumulated air.
3. At shutdown, the air vent's large opening allows air back into the system preventing the pipe
and accessories from collapsing, and preventing suction of mud and debris.
AUTOMATIC CONTINUOUS ACTING AIR VENT
STAGES OF OPERATION
1. While the system is pressurized, air accumulates in the body, systematically dropping the
rolling seal mechanism releasing the trapped air.
2. After air is released, water again enters the body and forces the float to close the air vent.
GUARDIAN AIR & VACUUM AIR VENTS
STAGES OF OPERATION
1. Discharges large quantities of air through an opening and as water enters, the float rises and
forces the air vent to close.
2. During normal flow, while the line is under pressure, the air vent remains closed.
3. As the line empties, or during a drop in pressure, the float drops down and opens the air
vent admitting air, breaking the vacuum created by the withdrawing water and prevents the
collapse of pipelines and suction of soil into driplines.
MODEL NUMBER I
SIZE/MATERIAL I
CONNECTION
A
B
WEIGHT a
65ARIB2
2" COMBO (N)
MPT
7.09"
8.23"
4
2.35 LBS. H 2
65ARI132-13
2" COMBO (NB)
MPT
7.09"
8.23"
4.75 LBS. � 6
65ARIB2PP
2" COMBO (N)
MPT
7.09"
8.23"
1.90 LBS. 1� _2
65ARIB2-BPP
2" COMBO (NBR)
MPT
7.09"
8.23"
3.80 LBS. _4
65ARIB2VM
2" COMBO (NV)
MPT
8.09"
8.23"
2.50 LBS. -6
65ARIB1
1" COMBO (N)
MPT
3.93"
5.51"
0.66 LBS.
65ARIB1-B
1" COMBO (NB)
MPT
3.93"
5.51"
1.54 LBS.
65ARIB1-B
1" COMBO (N)
MPT
3.93"
5.51"
0.65 LBS.
65ARIS075
3/a" AUTO (N)
MPT
3.20"
5.51"
0.56 LBS.
65ARIS075VM
3/4" AUTO (NV)
MPT
3.20"
5.51"
0.56 LBS.
65ARIS1
1" AUTO (N)
MPT
2.95"
5.51"
0.65 LBS.
65ARISIVM
1" AUTO (NV)
MPT
3.20"
5.51"
0.66 LBS. e
N = Nylon body NB = Nylon body, brass base NV = Nylon body, vacuum
NBR = Nylon body, brass base
guard
MODEL NUMBER I
SIZE
CONNECTION
A
B
WEIGHT
65ARIA075
3/" I
MPT
2.36"
5.11"
0.22 LBS.
65ARIA075S
3/" SHRADER I
MPT
2.55"
5.11"
0.44 LBS.
65ARIA100
1""
MPT
2.36"
4.79"
0.35 LBS.
65ARIA100S
1"'SHRADER
MPT
2.55"
5.11"
0.44 LBS.
65ARIA2
2"
FPT
2.87"
4.79"
0.44 LBS.
65ARIA3
3"
FPT
4.10"
6.50"
1.30 LBS.
SPECIFICATIONS
■ Maximum Operating Pressures:
1",2" Nylon Combination: 240 psi
11", 2" Nylon Combination: 150 psi
3/" &1" Automatic: 240 psi
All Sizes Guardian: 150 psi
COMBINATION AIR & VACUUM FUNCTION
0
Ordinary Air
Release Valves
Close Here
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Flow Rate (Cu. Ft./Min.)
AUTOMATIC FUNCTION
'A&
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Air Release (Cu. Ft./min.)
GUARDIAN AIR & VACUUM FUNCTION
250
200
150
100
-400 -200 0 200 400 600
Flow Rate (Cu. Ft./Min.)
Pressure for Vent to Remain Open:
- 3/" &1" Guardian: 5 psi
- 2" Guardian: 10 psi
- 3" Guardian: 8 psi
- All Combination &Automatic: 12 psi
Guardian
A
Automatic
NE TA FIM TM
NETAFIM USA
5470 E. HOME AVE.
FRESNO, CA 93727
CS 888 638 2346
www.netafimusa.com
W060 03/18

a
v
O a �0
LU �
LU
J =
N
3Z wm
Lu O Q�
LU O
U
Uz U w
I.- E c O Q M
I.-
w of m z z U
O �
Ha: LL 3
..O Eo� LU
N
coo; ter? O O
Q �z
E .S C7
0000 0 L�U:
wQ
°w
==
w wZ
CL
LUz v
O �w > o z
3�O C-4 =
wN z N O
= z C�
�O
OZ w
z o
N W tnLU >
W cc Q
J L Q
O
Z
CL
a
z 3
O O
R�
U�
=)O
E c
E o
oo
N�
O�
N
E� UO
Eo
0-� Op
n
O
z
H
0
O
w
z
O

Control Panel

OrencoO TCOM
Remote Telemetry Board
Applications
Orenco's line of affordable TCOM remote telemetry units give facil-
ity managers, operators, and maintenance providers the ability to
remotely monitor and control the performance of mechanical equip-
ment in real time. Ideal for:
• Wastewater Collection and Treatment
• Water Systems
• Environmental Monitoring
• Industrial Processes
Orenco®TeleCommTM (PCOM) ATRTU-NET remote telemetry board
Features/Unique Specifications
To specify this panel for your installation, require the following:
• Automatic call -out to e-mail capable devices during alarm conditions
or when panel detects trends that could lead to system failure
• Ability to maintain logs for system conditions and events, such as
Motor Run Time, Motor Cycles, and Alarm Conditions
• Downloadable logs into a *.dif or ASCII format for simple conversion
to common spreadsheet or word processor programs
• No proprietary computer software needed for remote monitoring and
control. VT100 protocol allows remote access and control from any
computer modem (Mac or PC) with a simple communications program
(e.g. Windows° HyperTerminal).
• Bluetooth° adapter available.
• Multi-level password security to ensure that only qualified personnel
can remotely access site
• Simple interface using status, reference, and control parameters
(Points). Points are viewable/editable by the operator. The following
"point" types are supported:
— Digital: on or off condition
— Analog: numeric range (± 20,000,000)
— Date: mm/dd/yy format
— Time: 24 hour clock
— Label: Text (7 character max)
• Program logic (rules) consists of simple conditional "If ... Then" declara-
tions. Rules can be written based on several operands, including the
following:
— Input/ Output status
— Point status
— Date: mm/dd/yy format
— Time of day: 24 hour clock
— Timers
— Historical data (allows for control optimization or detection of trends)
• Schedule Functions to control digital "Points" based on date or day
of week/time
• Automatic daylight savings time adjustment
• Optional graphical interface software to view system status and permit
interactive system control
• Ability to upload new programming remotely
• Ability to upload firmware updates remotely
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-CP-TCOM-1
Rev. 1.2, © 09/14
Page 1 of 2

Model: ATRTU-NET
Hardware Specifications
Physical Size
• 5.75' x 8.0"
Terminations
• Removable terminal blocks with screw compression terminals
• Accepts 16 to 22 AWG solid or stranded wires
Digital Input Features
• Eight inputs
• Discrete or pulse (25 pulse/sec maximum)
• Self -powered: 24 VDC at 10 mA maximum
• Yellow LED input indicators
• Optically isolated
• Expandable to 16 inputs with expansion board
Analog Input Features
• Eight inputs
• Expandable to 16 inputs with expansion board
• 0-5 VDC input signal, or 4-20 mA input with jumper)
• Linear or 1 Ok ohm thermistor scaling
• 12 -bit analog -to -digital resolution
Digital Output Features
• Eight outputs
• Expandable to 16 outputs with expansion board
Analog Output Features
• Two outputs
• 4-20 mA output signal
• 10 -bit digital -to -analog resolution
Communication Ports
• RS -232 port — 9 pin (Bluetooth adapter available)
• On -board modem: 33.6-k baud (RJ11 phone jack)
• Ethernet port (10 base T, RJ45 jack)
• Serial modbus port (RS422/485 terminals)
Sensor/External Relay Power Supply
• 5 VDC, 30 mA maximum
• 24 VDC, 350 mA maximum
Power Requirements
• 24 VDC, 1.2 A
Environment
• 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
• 5% to 95% RH, non -condensing
Firmware Specifications
Safety Features
• Non-volatile memory backup of program
• Lithium battery backup of data and program settings (1 -year storage
without power)
• Hardware Watchdog Timer to restart system in the event of a program
corruption
• Battery backup to allow continued monitoring and alarm functions dur-
ing power outage (optional)
Logs
• Activity log (a minimum of 2048 defined digital events)
• Alarm log (up to 240 board -level events)
• Custom designed user logs for recording flow, level, alarms, etc. (up
to 32 individual logs, with a total of 65,472 logged data points)
• Maintenance log (up to 64 entries of 60 characters)
Control Parameters (Points)
• 672 available control parameters
Program Logic (Rules)
• 800 available rules
Schedules
• 64 available events (time and day or date -based) events
Alarm Callout Capability (Mailboxes)
• 16 destinations (mailboxes) available for alarm event notifications
• E-mail capable (POP3/SMTP e-mail server required)
Networking Protocols
• Ethernet
a. Modbus TCP -capable (permits peer-to-peer communications,
up to 16 peers)
b. HTTP Web server -capable
c. TELNET text terminal compatible
• Serial modbus (permits our controller to act as master or slave)
a. As "master," modbus permits connection to off-the-shelf, non-
proprietary devices that support modbus protocols. Can control
and monitor up to 32 clients.
b. As "slave," modbus permits connection to and communication
with modbus servers.
NTD-CP-TCOM-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 1.2, © 09/14
Page 2 of 2

6. Inspection Documentation

Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Replacement Wastewater Treatment System
Construction Inspection Form
NC Land Lease, LLC
Countryside Mobile Home Park
Please consider the following information when installing this Waste Water Treatment System and preparing the
information required for the final Engineer Certification. Construction Inspections and a Final Inspection (by the
certifying Professional Engineer) will be required during the system installation. Construction Inspection will be
during the system installation and the Final Inspection will be following the system installation. Please note that
representatives from the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality may also attend or inspect the system
installation. The installation inspections shall be coordinated with Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT) at 919-859-
0669. The system installer should provide (AWT) at least 48 hours notice when scheduling an inspection.
Construction Inspections
The construction inspections shall be scheduled during system installation. Coordination shall
be made with AWT such that the following can be inspected:
STEP Tank #1 Size
_ Flow EQ Tank Size
STEP Tank #1 Location
_ Flow EQ Tank Loc.
STEP Tank #1 Backfill
_ Flow EQ Tank Backfill
STEP Tank #1 Risers
_ Flow EQ Tank Risers
_ STEP Tank #2 Size
_ STEP Tank #2 Location
_ STEP Tank #2 Backfill
STEP Tank #2 Risers
Pipe Size/Type
_ H Connection
BioTube Pump Vault
Tank Testing
AX -Max Unit Size
AX -Max Unit Location
Return Line
Temporary Disc Line
Treatment Pod Size
Tank Testing"
Tank Bases
Tank Start Pressure End Pressure Time Period Pass/Fail
Septic Tank #1
Septic Tank #2
Flow EQ
• Installer to provide documentation of tank testing and document results.
• Photographs of the construction progress shall be taken by the inspector.
Comments:
Installer Name and Signature
Inspector Name and Signature
Date of Inspection

Z 1�
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Replacement Wastewater Treatment System
Construction Inspection Form
NC Land Lease, LLC
Countryside Mobile Home Park
Final Inspection
The Final inspection shall be scheduled at the completion of the system installation. The
following activities shall be accomplished prior to final inspection;
• Complete system installation.
• Final grading and stabilization.
• Electrical connections made.
• Water in tanks to operate system.
The following items shall be verified and approved by the inspector at the final inspection:
Final Site Grading
_ Float Switch Elevations
_ Effluent Filter
_ Flow Meter
_ Venturi
Discharge Point
Comments:
Inspector Name and Signature
Installer Name and Signature
Tank Lids Installed
Safety Nets Installed
Pumps Operational
_ 5 Micron Filter
_ UV Monitor
Upstream Mont.
UV Unit Operational
Control Panel Oper.
Spin Filter
Sampling Port
_ Air Relief
Downstream Mont.
Date of Inspection

ZT\
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0509
www.agriwaste.com
Installer Certification:
Replacement Wastewater Treatment
System
Installer Certification
NC Land Lease, LLC
Countryside Mobile Home Park
I (Installer Company and Name)
certify that the installation of the (Project Name)
was under my direct supervision. Further, to the best of my abilities,
due care and diligence was used in the construction such that the system
was built within substantial compliance and intent of the approved plans
and specifications. Any deviation (to the extent there were deviations)
from the approved plans is noted below.
Comments:
Installer Name and Signature
Date of Certification

Appendix D
Construction Sequencing Plan

CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING PLAN
Items must occur in the order listed; items cannot occur concurrently unless specifically
noted.
1. Receive Construction Authorization from NCDEQ.
2. Pre -construction meeting on-site with Contractor, Engineer, and regulatory
personnel.
3. Notify Agri -Waste Technology 48 hours prior to beginning system installation.
4. Installation of temporary construction fence.
5. Clearing & grubbing only as necessary for site grading.
6. Rough grading of system area.
7. Preparation of AX -Max excavations.
8. Delivery and installation of AX -Max treatment units.
9. Preparing of Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank excavations.
10. Delivery and installation of Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank.
11. Vacuum testing of Septic Tanks and Flow Equalization Tank.
12. Plumbing connections of all tank and AX -Max components.
13. Build Control Room building and internal Control Room components.
14. Establish electrical connections and pump/float configurations.
15. Connect the discharge of the new treatment system to the existing lift station for
the existing wastewater treatment plant.
16. Testing of system components with potable or reclaimed water prior to receiving
raw waste.
17. Partial Engineer Certification to NCDEQ indicating the system is ready to treat
waste.
18. Construction of new sanitary manhole to receive waste from existing sanitary
collection system.
19. Connection of new sanitary to manhole to new treatment system.
20. Perform system testing with raw waste inflow while discharging into the existing
wastewater treatment plant lift station.
21. Construct final discharge location and excavate discharge point into stream bank.
22. Allow for inspection by NCDEQ.
23. Connect new treatment system to final discharge location once final testing has
been approved by Agri -Waste Technology. Submit Final Engineer Certification
to NCDEQ.
24. Decommission and demolition of existing wastewater treatment plant.
25. Construction of diversion swale and final stabilization.
Convert temporary construction fence to permanent security fence.

Appendix E
Engineering Calculations
- Historic Monthly Flow and Peaking Factor Determination
- Daily Design Flow
- Septic Tank Sizing
- Flow Equalization Model and Sizing
- Effluent Filter Sizing
- Septic Tank Pumping Frequency
- Elevation Determinations
- Buoyancy Calculations
Septic Tank 1
Septic Tank 2
Flow Equalization Tank
AX -Max Treatment Unit
Pump Design
Flow Equalization Pumps
Discharge Pumps
Pollutant Loading

Historic Flow and Determination of Peaking Factor
PROJECT: NC Land Lease, LLC Date: 6/14/2018
Location: 3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
County: Randolph County, NC
Design Peaking Factor 2.0
Permitted Flow
15,000
gpd
Monthly gpd
Peaking
Year
Month
Average
Maximum
Minimum
Max Flow
Factor
2015
December
7,700
10,500
5,300
20,455
1.36
2016
January
6,900
10,600
5,300
23,043
1.54
2016
February
7,700
11,200
4,200
21,818
1.45
2016
March
7,800
13,200
6,000
25,385
1.69
2016
April
6,500
8,000
5,400
18,462
1.23
2016
May
6,700
8,800
5,500
19,701
1.31
2016
June
6,800
8,500
5,300
18,750
1.25
2016
July
8,100
11,200
6,300
20,741
1.38
2016
August
7,200
9,000
6,300
18,750
1.25
2016
September
8,100
10,400
6,400
19,259
1.28
2016
October
7,400
8,300
6,200
16,824
1.12
2016
November
7,857
12,500
3,200
23,864
1.59
2016
December
6,343
7,300
5,200
17,263
1.15
2016
January
7,159
9,000
6,200
18,857
1.26
2017
February
7,268
9,800
5,700
20,226
1.35
2017
March
6,684
7,400
5,700
16,607
1.11
2017
April
5,952
7,100
5,300
17,893
1.19
2017
May
4,155
6,900
2,500
24,910
1.66
2017
June
4,123
5,200
3,200
18,918
1.26
2017
July
4,757
6,400
2,400
20,181
1.35
2017
August
4,374
7,400
2,700
25,377
1.69
2017
September
5,566
7,600
3,800
20,481
1.37
2017
October
5,360
6,900
3,600
19,310
1.29
2017
November
5,978
8,400
4,000
21,077
1.41
2017
December
4,360
6,400
22,018
1.47
2018
January
5,438
7,600
20,964
1.40
2018
February
4,378
5,800
19,872
1.32
Average
6,320
8,570
4,821
20,408
1.36
Maximum
8,100
13,200
6,400
25,385
1.69
Minimum
4,123
5,200
2,400
16,607
1.11
Design Peaking Factor 2.0

Wastewater Treatment System Design Calculations
PROJECT: NC Land Lease, LLC Date: 14 -Jun -18
Location: 3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
County: Randolph County, NC
DESIGN FLOW ESTIMATE - Mobile Home Park
Daily Flow Estimate - Permittinq and Tank Sizing
Flow/Unit
# of Units Units (gpd/unit) Flow/Day (gpd)
5 SFR 230.77 15,000
TOTAL DAILY FLOW (Q) = 15,000 gpd

Septic Tank Sizing
PROJECT: NC Land Lease, LLC
Location: 3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
County: Randolph County, NC
Septic Tank Sizing
Date: 14 -Jun -18
Flow/Unit
# of Units Units (gpd/unit)
Flow/Day (gpd)
65 SFR 230.77
15,000
TOTAL DAILY FLOW (Q) =
15,000 gpd
Septic Tank Volume/Size (based on maximum daily flow estimate)
For Non -SFR Use
Flow (gpd) Min. Volume (gal)
<600
600<1500
1500<4500 -
>4500 15000
Required Minimum Volume = 15,000 gal.
(per NCAC T15A:18A .1952(b)(2))
Specified Septic Tank Volume
Septic Tank 1 = 10,000 gal.
Septic Tank 2 = 10,000 gal.
Total Volume = 20,000 gal.
TANK SELECTION - Each Tank (2 Total)
Shoaf Precast 10,000 -gallon (nominal) Traffic Rated Septic Tank

Flow Equalization Tank Sizing
PROJECT: NC Land Lease, LLC
Location: 3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
County: Randolph County, NC
Total Daily Flow 15,000 gpd
Required Flow Equalization (% of Q 25%
Required Equalization Volume (gal) 3,750 gpd
Date: 14 -Jun -18
Time
Morning Flow
Percentage of
Peaking Flow
Return Flow
Total Inflow
(gallons)
Outflow
(gallons)
Hours per day
Daily Flow
Daily Flow
Flow/Hour
826
Flow Distributioi
(hrs)
M
(gallons/day)
(Gallons/hr)
2,500
Morning
4
40%
6,000
1,500
781
Noon
2
20%
3,000
1,500
Evening
4
40%
6,000
1,500
1,250
Total In Flow
15,000
156
781
Daily Return Flow
-625
25%
% of Q
625
156
3,750
gpd
-625
Assume Daily Volume is
5:00
1,500
625
156
pumped out by beginning
Total Inflow
Residential Flow
15,000
gpd
1,500
of "Morning Period"
625
Peaking Flow
15,000
gpd
875
1,750
7:00
Return Flow
3,750
gpd
156
2,281
1,406
Total Flow to EQ
33,750
gpd
1,500
Time
Morning Flow
Flow Into Equalization Tank
Noon Flow Evening Flow
Peaking Flow
Return Flow
Total Inflow
(gallons)
Outflow
(gallons)
Change in
Volume
(gallons)
Volume in
EQ Tank
(gallons)
0:00
6.8
826
625
156
781
1,406
-625
2,500
1:00
84.0
10,200
625
156
781
1,406
-625
1,875
2:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
1,250
3:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
625
4:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
0
5:00
1,500
625
156
2,281
1,406
875
875
6:00
1,500
625
156
2,281
1,406
875
1,750
7:00
1,500
625
156
2,281
1,406
875
2,625
8:00
1,500
625
156
2,281
1,406
875
3,500
9:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
2,875
10:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
2,250
11:00
1,500
625
156
2,281
1,406
875
3,125
12:00
1,500
625
156
2,281
1,406
875
4,000
13:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
3,375
14:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
2,750
15:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
2,125
16:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
1,500
17:00
1,500
625
156
2,281
1,406
875
2,375
18:00
1,500
625
156
2,281
1,406
875
3,250
19:00
1,500
625
156
2,281
1,406
875
4,125
20:00
1,500
625
156
2,281
1,406
875
5,000
21:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
4,375
22:00
625
156
781
1,406
-625
3,750
23:00
1
625
156
781
1 1,406
1 -625
1 3,125
Total 6,000 3,000
Required Tank Dimensions
Tank Volume/in
Filter Height
Base Height of Filter Housing
Top of Filter to TE Float
6,000 15,000 3,750 33,750 33,750 0
Maximum 5,000
121.5 gpi Total Interior Height of Tank 84 in
18 in
4 in
2 in
Depth
Volume
Tank Volume Components
(in)
(gallons)
Minimum Liquid Level
24.0
2,916
Distance from Timer Enable to Peak Float
6.8
826
Equalization Volume (above Peak Float)
41.2
5,000
Freeboard
12.0
1,458
Total
84.0
10,200

Septic Tank #2 Effluent Filter Sizing
Date: 14 -Jun -18
PROJECT: NC Land Lease, LLC
Location: 3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
County: Randolph County, NC
EFFLUENT FILTER SIZING
Parameter
Units
Value
FT15-36
Filter Coefficient Cf
sq.ft./ pd* r
0.0044
(from Orenco for calculations
based on actual flows
Daily Flow (Q)
gpd
33,750
(Residential flow (with Peaking)
plus Return flow)
Mean Time Between Filter Cleaning (MTBC)
years
0.25
Assume quarterly filter cleanings)
Filter Area Required A
sq. ft.
37.125
REQ'D FILTER AREA=
37.13 sq. ft.
FILTER AND FLOW AREA CHART
Series
Filter Area (sq. ft.)
Flow Area (sq. ft.)
FT15-36
50.5
15.2
FT12-36
30.0
9.0
FT08-36
14.6
4.4
FT04-36
5.1
1.5
REQ'D FILTER AREA= 37.13 sq. ft.
FILTER SERIES REQUIRED= FT15-36
FILTER SERIES SPECIFIED= FT15-36

Septic Tank Pumping Frequency
Date: 14 -Jun -18
PROJECT: NC Land Lease, LLC
Location: 3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
County: Randolph County, NC
Septic Tank Characteristics
Specified Septic Tank Capacity 20,000 gallons
Recommended Solids/Scum Percentage prior to Pumping 34%
Allowed Solids/Scum Volume 6,800 gallons
Rate of Solids and Scum Accumulation'
V = 13.39t + 50.86
V = Volume of Sludge/Soilds per person/year
t = time (years)
Residential Units 65
Estimated Persons/Unit 2
Total Persons 130
Total Solids/Scum Volume provided per person 52.31 gallons
Total Solids/Scum Retention Period 0.11 years
1.30 months
The actual rate of scum and solids accumulation will be measured by the ORC. ORC will
determine the actual pump out frequency.

Elevation Calculations
PROJECT: NC Land Lease, LLC
Location: 3571 Roy Farlow Road
County: Randolph County, NC
Elevation Determination Sheet (All Elevations in Feet)
New Manhole
Septic Tank #1
Septic Tank #2
Invert of Outlet Pipe at Ex. Manhole
Invert of Inlet Pipe at Ex. Lift Station
Length of Existing Pipe from MH to LS
Slope of Existing Pipe from MH to LS
Length of Pipe to New Manhole from Existing
Inlet Invert of New Manole
Drop within New Manhole to New Outlet Invert
New Manhole Outlet Invert EL (to ST #1)
Manhole Rim Elevation (Flush with Ex. Road)
Inside Bottom of Manhole Base EL
Extended Base Thickness
Exterior Bottom of New Manhole EL
Total Manhole Height
Outlet Invert EL at New Manhole
Pipe Length to Septic Tank
Slope of Pipe to Septic Tank
Ground Surface at Septic Tank
Cover over Septic Tank
Elevation at top of Septic Tank (Exterior)
Distance to Inlet invert from top
Elevation at Inlet invert
Distance to Outlet invert from top
Elevation at Outlet invert
External Height of Septic Tank
External Bottom of Tank Elevation
Gravel Bed Thickness
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
Tank Bottom Thickness
Elevation at Tank Floor
Outlet Invert EL at Septic Tank #1
Pipe Length to Septic Tank
Slope of Pipe to Septic Tank
Ground Surface at Septic Tank
Cover over Septic Tank
Elevation at top of Septic Tank (Exterior)
Distance to Inlet invert from top
Elevation at Inlet invert
Distance to Outlet invert from top
Elevation at Outlet invert
External Height of Septic Tank
External Bottom of Tank Elevation
Gravel Bed Thickness
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
Tank Bottom Thickness
Elevation at Tank Floor
714.70 ft
712.62 ft
188.22 ft
1.11%
106.56 ft
713.52 ft
3.00 in
0.25 ft
713.27 ft
716.00 ft
713.27 ft
6.00 in
712.77 ft
3.23 ft
38.73 in
713.27 ft
24.00 ft
5.30%
717.00 ft
42.00 in
3.50 ft
713.50 ft
1.50 ft
712.00 ft
1.67 ft
711.83 ft
9.17 in
704.33 ft
6.00 in
703.83 ft
8.00 in
705.00 ft
711.83 ft
2.50 ft
3.33%
717.00 ft
42.00 in
3.50 ft
713.50 ft
1.75 ft
711.75 ft
1.92 ft
711.58 ft
9.17 in
704.33 ft
6.00 in
703.83 ft
8.00
705.00 ft
Flow EQ Tank
Outlet Invert EL of Septic Tank #2
Pipe Length to Flow EQ
Slope of Pipe to Flow EQ Tank
Ground Surface at Flow EQ Tank
Cover over Flow EQ Tank
Elevation at top of Flow EQ Tank (Exterior)
Distance to Inlet invert from top
Elevation at Inlet invert
External Height of Flow EQ Tank
External Bottom of Tank Elevation
Gravel Bed Thickness
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
Tank Bottom Thickness
Elevation at Tank Floor
AX -Max Unit #1
Ground Surface at Max Unit
Elevation at Inlet invert
Elevation at Outlet Invert
Exposed Height of Pod
Elevation at top of Pod
Height of Max Unit
Exterior Elevation at Pod Bottom
Pod Bottom Thickness
Interior Elevation of Pod Floor
Gravel Bed Thickness
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
AX -Max Unit #2
Ground Surface at Max Unit
Elevation at Inlet invert
Elevation at Outlet Invert
Exposed Height of Pod
Elevation at top of Pod
Height of Max Unit
Exterior Elevation at Pod Bottom
Pod Bottom Thickness
Interior Elevation of Pod Floor
Gravel Bed Thickness
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
711.58 ft
2.50 ft
13.33%
717.00 ft
50.00 in
4.17 ft
712.83 ft
1.58 ft
711.25 ft
8.50 ft
704.33 ft
6.00 in
703.83 ft
8.00 in
705.00 ft
718.00 ft
715.83 ft
715.83 ft
36.00 in
3.00 ft
721.00 ft
92.00 in
7.67 ft
713.33 ft
4 in
713.67 ft
6 in
712.83 ft
719.00 ft
716.83 ft
716.83 ft
36.00 in
3.00 ft
722.00 ft
92.00 in
7.67 ft
714.33 ft
4 in
714.67 ft
6 in
713.83 ft

Septic Tank #1 Buoyancy Calculation
Project: NC Land Lease, LLC
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
Tank Size (nominal) = 10,000 gallons
Date:
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of chamber.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft13 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 2.00 ft. (minimum)
Soil Bulk Density = 1.35 (typical value)
I ank ulmenslons (trom supplier):
Area of Riser Openings = 9.42 ft^2
Tank Weight (est.) = 106,000 Ib. (based on ma
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 139,491 Ib.
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight = 106,000 Ib
Water Weight in Tank = 0 Ib
Soil Weight Over Tank = 39,128 Ib
Total Weight = 145,128 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.
Exterior Interior
Length =
21.33 ft. 20.00 ft.
Width =
11.33 ft. 10.00 ft.
Total Tank Depth =
9.25 ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
0 in.
0.00 ft.
Area of Riser Openings = 9.42 ft^2
Tank Weight (est.) = 106,000 Ib. (based on ma
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 139,491 Ib.
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight = 106,000 Ib
Water Weight in Tank = 0 Ib
Soil Weight Over Tank = 39,128 Ib
Total Weight = 145,128 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

Septic Tank #2 Buoyancy Calculation
Project: NC Land Lease, LLC
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
Tank Size (nominal) = 10,000 gallons
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of chamber.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 2.00 ft. (minimum)
Soil Bulk Density = 1.35 (typical value)
i ank Ulmenslons
Length =
Width =
Total Tank Depth =
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
Area of Riser Openings =
Tank Weight (est.) _
Exterior
21.33 ft.
11.33 ft.
9.25 ft.
0 in.
0.00 ft.
11.19 ft^2
106,000 Ib. (based on manufacture
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 139,491 Ib.
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight = 106,000 Ib
Water Weight in Tank = 0 Ib
Soil Weight Over Tank = 38,831 Ib
Total Weight = 144,831 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.
Date: 14 -Jun -18
Interior
20.00 ft.
10.00 ft.

Flow Equalization Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Project: NC Land Lease, LLC
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
Tank Size (nominal) = 10,000 gallons
Date: 14 -Jun -18
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of chamber.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 1.67 ft. (minimum)
Soil Bulk Density = 1.35 (typical value)
I ank ulmenslons (trom supplier):
Exterior Interior
Length = 21.33 ft. 20.00 ft.
Width = 11.33 ft. 10.00 ft.
Total Tank Depth = 8.50 ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank = 0 in.
0.00 ft.
Area of Riser Openings = 12.57 ft^2
Tank Weight (est.) = 102,350 Ib. (based on ma
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 128,181 Ib.
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight = 102,350 Ib
Water Weight in Tank = 0 Ib
Soil Weight Over Tank = 32,166 Ib
Total Weight = 134,516 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

AX -Max Buoyancy Calculation
Project: NC Land Lease, LLC Date: 14 -Jun -18
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
Randolph County, NC
Min. liquid level to be maintained in unit at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of unit.
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ftA3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ftA3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 0.00 ft. (minimum)
Soil Bulk Density = 1.35 (typical value)
AA-iviax unit uimensions (from suppuer):
42.00 ft.
Width =
Exterior
Length =
42.00 ft.
Width =
7.58 ft.
Total Pod Depth =
7.67 ft.
Height of Pod Exposed =
36.00 in.
Width =
3.00 ft.
Depth of Bottom Burial =
56.00 in.
Volume of Soil =
4.67 ft.
Tank Weight (est.) =
10,000 Ib. (based on manufacturer)
buoyancy rorce c;aicuiauon:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Assume groundwater depth is at the ground surface
Volume Displaced by Pod = 1485.68 ftA3
Buoyancy Force = 92,706 Ib.
Anti-Bouyancy Beams (per side)
Length =
42.00 ft.
Width =
2.00 ft.
Depth =
1.00 ft.
Volume of Beam =
84 ftA3
Soil Weight Over Anti-Bouyancy
Beams
Length =
42.00 ft.
Width =
2.00 ft.
Depth =
4.67 ft.
Volume of Soil =
392 ftA3
Veight Calculation
Tank Weight = 10,000 Ib
Anti-Bouyancy Beams = 23,950 Ib
Water Weight in Tank = 0 Ib
Soil Weight Over Beams = 66,044 Ib
Total Weight = 99,994 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.
Groundwater depth from soil surface to be determined prior to ordering units.
If groundwater is within 5' of soil surface, Anti-Bouyancy shall be installed.

Flow Equalization Pump Design
Revised: 6/14/2018
PROJECT NC Land Lease, LLC
Location: 3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
County: Randolph County, NC
Friction Losses
Suction Head =
0 ft. (submersible = 0)
(highest point from pump) =
11.83 ft.
Design Pressure At Outlet =
5.00 ft.
Supply Line - 2" Schedule
40 PVC
iameter (ID) = 2 in.
Flow= 25.00 gpm
Pipe Length = # ft.
Velocity = 2.44 ft/sec
i for Fittings = 5 ft.
Est. Friction Loss per 100' =
1.17 ft/100 ft.
Estimated Friction Loss =
0.64 ft.
Supply Line = 0.64 ft.
+ Design Pressure = 16.83 ft.
TOTAL = 17.48 ft.
P Selection
Manufacturer: Orenco Systems
Model: PF300512
900
800
m
700
c
C 600
500
m
v 400
E
c�
300
w 200
F°
100
0
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
Operating
Point

AX -Max Discharge Pump Design
PROJECT: NC Land Lease, LLC
Location: 3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
County: Randolph County, NC
Friction Losses
Suction Head =
Difference (highest point from pump) _
Design Pressure At Outlet =
Supply Line - 2" Schedule 40 PVC
Pipe Diameter (ID) = 2 in.
Pipe Length = ## ft.
Pipe Length for Fittings = 11 ft.
Est. Friction Loss per 100' _
Estimated Friction Loss =
Friction Losses
Supply Line =
Spin Filter =
UV System =
Flowmeter =
Revised: 6/14/2018
0 ft. (submersible = 0)
6.33 ft.
5.00 ft.
Flow= 25.00 gpm
Velocity = 2.44 ft/sec
1.17 ft/100 ft.
1.35 ft.
1.35 ft.
Elevation + Design Pressure = 11.33 ft.
TOTAL = 12.68 ft.
Pump Selection
Manufacturer: Orenco Systems
Model: PF300512
900
800
Q 400
ro
300
200
r°
100
0
0 5 1C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Fla w in gallons per minute (gpm)
Operating
Point

Pollutant Loading Calculation
PROJECT:
NC Land Lease, LLC
Location:
3571 Roy Farlow Road
Sophia, NC 27350
County:
Randolph County, NC
Advantex Treatment System
Final
Influent Septic Tank
AX -Max
Unit UV Disinfection
Concentration
Parameter'
mg/I % Removal
mg/I
% Removal
mg/I % Removal
mg/I
mg/I
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
350 25%
262.5
98%
4 -
4
4
Total Suspended Solids
200 50%
100
90%
10 -
10
10
Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen
72.2 5%
68.6
96%
3 -
3
3
Ammonia Nitrogen
65 5%
61.8
97%
2 -
2
2
Nitrate Nitrogen
<1.0 0%
0
-
39.61 -
39.61
40
Nitrite Nitrogen
<1.0 0%
0
-
<1.0 -
<1.0
1
Total Nitrogen
73 5%
69.35
40%
41.61 -
41.61
42
Total Phosphorus
20 50%
10
0%
10 -
10
10
Fecal Coliforms (cfu/100ml)
>106
106
1000000 99.999%
10
10
'Influent Parameter Results for Biochemical Oxygen Demand and Total Kjedhal Nitrogen are based on a wastewater sample.

AdvanTex Treatment Stage Design and Sizing
PROJECT NC Land Lease, LL
Location: 3571 Roy Farlow R
Sophia, NC 27350
County: Randolph
Daily Flow Estimate
Flow/Unit
# of Units Units (gpd/unit)
Flow/day
(gpd)
Average
Flow/Day
pd
65 BR 230.77
15,000
7,500
(mg/L)
(mg/L) (mg/L)
Primary Treated Influent (Ave/Max) 262.5
100
68.6
61.8 148
TOTAL DAILY FLOW (Q) =1
15,000
1 7,500
Influent and Permit Parameters
Date: 6/14/2018
BODS
TSS
TKN
NH3 - N Alkalinity
(mg/L)
(mg/L)
(mg/L)
(mg/L) (mg/L)
Primary Treated Influent (Ave/Max) 262.5
100
68.6
61.8 148
Final Effluent (30 -day Average) 4
10
3
2 -
Average Day Loading Calculations
*To be used when BOD is greater than TSS
CFS = 8.34E-06 lbs L/mg-gal
Organic Loading:
PTE = 258.5 mg/L
OLA = 16.17 lbs/d
Total Nitrogen Loading:
PTE = 65.6 mg/L
TNLA = 4.10 lbs/d
Ammonia Loading:
PTE = 59.8 mg/L
ALA = 3.74 lbs/d
* Average Day Organic Load
* Average Day Nitrogen Load
* Average Day Ammonia Load

stanaara Pavan i ex stage sizing
Design Average Flow = 7500 gpd
AdvanTex Organic Loading Rates (OLR)
Organic Loading Rates (OLR)
Design Average : 0.04 lbs BODS/ft2- d
Design Maximum Day: 0.08 lbs BODS/ft2- d
OLA= 16.17 lbs/d
Treatment Area based on Organic Loading : 404 ft2
Surface Area based on Hydraulic Loading : 300 ft2
Treatment Area based on Total Nitrogen Loading : 293 ft2
Surface Area based on NH3 - N Loading : 374 ft2
OLR = 0.04 Ibs/ft2 Treatment Unit Specified: AX -Max 275-42
AoLR = 404 ft2
Textile/unit 275 ft2
Nunmber of Units 2
AdvanTex Hydraulic Loading Rates
Total Amount of Textile 550 ft2
Hydraulic Loading Rates (HLR)
Design Average : 25 gpd/ft2
Design Maximum Day: 50 gpd/ft2
Q = 7500 gpd
HLR = 25 gpd/ft2
AHLR = 300 ft2
AdvanTex Total Nitrogen Loading Rates (TNLR)
Total Nitrogen Loadinq Rates (TNLR)
Design Average : 0.014 lbs TN/ft2 - d
TNLR = 4.10 Ibs/d
TNLR = 0.014 Ibs/ft2
ATNLR = 293 ft2
AdvanTex Ammonia Loading Rates (ALR)
Ammonia Loading Rates (ALR)
Design Average : 0.01 lbs NH3 - N /ft2 - d
ALA= 3.74 lbs/d
ALR = 0.01 Ibs/ft2 -d
AALRA = 374 ft2

Appendix F
Residuals Management Plan

Residuals Management Plan
Solids removal will primarily occur in Septic Tank #1. The main portion of introduce solids will
remain in Septic Tank #1. At a reduced rate (as compared to the accumulation in Septic Tank
#1), solids will also accumulate in Septic Tank #2. The accumulation of solids buildup in these
components will be monitored by the designated Operator in Responsible Charge (ORC) as part
of the operation and maintenance of the system. Once the accumulation of soils and scum reaches
a maximum of 34% of the septic tank capacity, the accumulated solids and scum will be removed.
Solids storage time is expected to be in excess of 30 days for Septic Tank #1 and in excess of 6
months for Septic Tank #2. As determined by the ORC, accumulated solids will be pumped from
Septic Tank #1 and Septic Tank #2, by a licensed Septage Hauler and removed from the facility.
No solids will be stored or treated at the facility.
Over time, solids may also accumulate in the Flow Equalization Tank and the AX -Max Treatment
units. The solids levels will be monitored as part of the operation and maintenance of the system.
Solids storage time is expected to be in excess of 12 months in these system components. At a
frequency determined by the system ORC, accumulated solids in the flow equalization tank and
AX -Units will be pumped out by either a licensed septage hauler and removed from the facility or
pumped out by the ORC and returned to Septic Tank #1 for additional treatment.

Appendix G
Hydraulic Assessment

Hydraulic Assessment
The peaking factor for the system was deemed to be 2.0. With the 15,000 gpd permitted
flow and the "2.0" peaking factor, the peak hourly design flow is 1250 gph. Each point
in the system has been design or specified to exceed the peak hourly flow.
Evaluation of Flow Points:
- Incoming waste stream — the incoming waste enters the initial septic tank (Septic
Tank #1) via the existing gravity collection sewer. To facilitate the connection
from the gravity sewer to Septic Tank #1, a new manhole and minimum 6"
gravity line from the new manhole to Septic Tank #1 will be installed. Under
gravity conditions, the 6" inflow line has a flow capacity exceeding 1800 gph
with a pipe flow depth of 1.25"
- Outflow from Septic Tank #1 — a 6" pipe will be installed from Septic Tank #1 to
Septic Tank #2. In addition to the peak flow, a "return flow" of 3750 gpd from
the AX -Max treatment units to Septic Tank #1 is also considered. With the
"return flow", the total hourly flow leaving Septic Tank #1 is 1406.25 gallons.
Under gravity conditions, the 6" line has a flow capacity exceeding 1800 gph with
a pipe flow depth of 1.25".
- Outflow from Septic Tank #2 — a 15" diameter filter is specified at the outlet of
Septic Tank #2. Based on the manufacturer's sizing criteria and a conservative
quarterly cleaning frequency, the 15" filter can pass 1912 gph (exceeding the peak
flow of 1406 gph). The filter housing is constructed with a 4" outlet pipe that will
direct filtered effluent to the flow equalization tank. Under gravity conditions, the
4" line has a flow capacity exceeding 1800 gph with a pipe flow depth of 1.50".
- Flow Equalization Pumps — dual flow equalization pumps rated with a design
flow of 25 gpm are specified. In the event one pump is not in operation, a single
pump can deliver 1500 gph.
- AX -Max Recirculation Pumps — the AX -Max units are specified with dual 75
gpm recirculation pumps. With a single pump in operation, the pump can move
4500 gph or approximately 19 min to pump the peak flow (1406 gph). The return
flow is supplied by the recirculation pumps.
- AX -Max Discharge Nozzles - The design of the unit includes 8 distribution
nozzles on the discharge side of the AX -Max unit. Each nozzle is rated for 6.2
gpm. With the 8 nozzles, a total of 49.6 gpm can be delivered to the discharge
side of the AX -Max unit. The hourly flow of the nozzles is 2976 gph or over
double the peak hourly flow (1250 gph).

- AX -Max Discharge Pumps — dual discharge pumps rated with a design flow of 25
gpm are specified. In the event one pump is not in operation, a single pump can
deliver 1500 gph.
- UV Disinfection System — a dual UV system (in series) is specified. Each UV
bulb is rated for a flowrate of 40 gpm. If only a single system is in operation, the
rated capacity of the UV system (40 gpm) will exceed the design outflow rate of
25 gpm.
The system as designed will accommodate the peak hourly flow for the facility.